Skip to content

Instantly share code, notes, and snippets.

@alanc

alanc/SRU78-man-page-changes.diff

Created February 25, 2025 18:31
Show Gist options
  • Save alanc/c84be87ced541796db4da92fa41cbe68 to your computer and use it in GitHub Desktop.
Save alanc/c84be87ced541796db4da92fa41cbe68 to your computer and use it in GitHub Desktop.
Download ZIP
Changes to core OS man pages in Oracle Solaris 11.4 SRU 78
Raw
Solaris-11.4-SRU78-man-page-changes.txt
22862425 allow user processes to be killed from kmdb
35496624 problem in KERNEL/ARCH-AMD64
36251965 problem in UTILITY/ARCHIVER
36275808 want iostat(8) tool to show (LDom/KZ) guest disk IO in a host
36872786 want iostat(8) to support wildcard characters to select disks
36958474 -S option to list-domain and list-devices should work equally well on Oracle and FJ platforms
36995113 route(4p) man page shows rt_msghdr_t fields in wrong order
37020254 documented sysobjadm(8) path_to_inst recovery procedure (29417764) is incomplete
37022702 mdb has issues when debugging a process that vforks
37055868 zonecfg(8) lists dynamic-vlan-id instead of allowed-vlan-ids
37066513 nscd.8 is out of date w.r.t. s11u4 behaviors.
37112045 zonecfg man page needs some clarity re capped-memory
37113289 proc(5) missing some Solaris 11.x additions
37169748 ctfmerge should allow -t to be used with -a
37217791 rpcbind(8) needs to be made aware of config_ovr property group
37258863 Add a "=j" Format character to mdb
37262663 minor issues in 3KSTAT2 man pages
37277484 mdb should have an ::operators dcmd
37310450 Document special password values in shadow(5)
37327440 Add test cases for the specifiers shown by ::formats
37328192 strftime(3c) warning about timezones post-2038 should be removed
37332660 Assorted fixes for i18n man pages
37343454 Unable to create user on AK
37384387 jlmresolve fixes for ON man pages
37444728 man page history updates for SRU 78
37444750 Assorted fixes for SVR4 packaging man pages
PSARC 2024/126 sxadm(1m) update for AMD Speculative Return Stack Overflow
PSARC/2024/070 Restrict file extraction by cpio(1) to the current working directory hierarchy by default.
PSARC/2024/072 iostat -b for backend statistics of LDom and KZ guest devices
PSARC/2024/083 iostat allows wildcard characters to select disks to report
PSARC/2024/112 SI_KMDB si_code for siginfo
PSARC/2024/121 Status option for list-domain and list-devices subcommands
PSARC/2024/123 allow ctfmerge -t to be used with -a
Copyright (c) 1983, 2025, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
Raw
SRU78-man-page-changes.diff
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/compress.1 11.4.78/man1/compress.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/compress.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.096312302 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/compress.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.268002089 -0800
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
Newer compression utilities are generally able to produce smaller out-
- put than compress. See bzip2(1), gzip(1), lz4(1), p7zip(1), xz(1), and
+ put than compress. See 7zz(1), bzip2(1), gzip(1), lz4(1), xz(1), and
zstd(1).
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Nov 2022 compress(1)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 compress(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/cpio.1 11.4.78/man1/cpio.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/cpio.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.155221215 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/cpio.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.328642734 -0800
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
cpio - copy file archives in and out
SYNOPSIS
- cpio -i [-bBcdfkmPrsStuvV6@/] [-C bufsize] [-E file]
+ cpio -i [-bBcdfkmPrsStuvVx6@/] [-C bufsize] [-E file]
[-H header] [-I [-M message]] [-R id] [pattern]...
@@ -26,15 +26,18 @@
names that match one of the patterns are selected. See sh(1) and
OPERANDS for more information about pattern. Extracted files are condi-
tionally copied into the current directory tree, based on the options
- described below. The permissions of the files are those of the previous
- cpio -o command. The owner and group are the same as the current user,
- unless the current user has the {PRIV_FILE_CHOWN_SELF} privilege. See
- chown(2). If this is the case, owner and group are the same as those
- resulting from the previous cpio -o command. Notice that if cpio -i
- tries to create a file that already exists and the existing file is the
- same age or younger (newer), cpio outputs a warning message and not re-
- place the file. The -u option can be used to unconditionally overwrite
- the existing file.
+ described below. By default, cpio will not allow files to be written
+ outside of the current working directory tree, reporting a permissions
+ error if attempted. If such extractions are desired, the -x option can
+ be used to allow it (subject to normal file permissions). The permis-
+ sions of the files are those of the previous cpio -o command. The owner
+ and group are the same as the current user, unless the current user has
+ the {PRIV_FILE_CHOWN_SELF} privilege. See chown(2). If this is the
+ case, owner and group are the same as those resulting from the previous
+ cpio -o command. Notice that if cpio -i tries to create a file that
+ already exists and the existing file is the same age or younger
+ (newer), cpio outputs a warning message and not replace the file. The
+ -u option can be used to unconditionally overwrite the existing file.
Copy Out Mode
cpio -o (copy out) reads a list of file path names from the standard
@@ -313,6 +316,10 @@
out printing out all file names.
+ -x Allow files to be extracted to any location, and not just
+ within the current working directory tree.
+
+
-6 Processes a UNIX System Sixth Edition archive format
file. Use only with the -i option. This option is mutu-
ally exclusive with -c and -H.
@@ -553,4 +560,35 @@
tar), should be used for large files. The cpio command is no longer
part of the current POSIX standard and is deprecated in favor of pax.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Nov 2021 cpio(1)
+HISTORY
+ The cpio command has been included in all Sun and Oracle releases of
+ Solaris.
+
+
+ Writing files outside the current working directory when in Copy In
+ mode was restricted in Oracle Solaris 11.4.78 and now requires use of
+ the -x option to enable.
+
+
+ Support for the following options was first added to Solaris in the
+ listed release:
+
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | OPTION |RELEASE |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | -x |11.4.78 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | -0, -/ |11.0.0 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | -@ |9 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | -P |2.5 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | -A, -E, -H, -k, -R, -V |2.0 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | -a, -B, -b, -C, -c, -d, -f, -I, -i, -L, -l, -M, |1.0 |
+ | -m, -O, -o, -p, -r, -S, -s, -t, -u, -v, -6 | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2025 cpio(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/ctfconvert.1 11.4.78/man1/ctfconvert.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/ctfconvert.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.206304538 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/ctfconvert.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.377882857 -0800
@@ -138,9 +138,9 @@
HISTORY
The CTF utilities, including ctfconvert, have been used in the con-
struction of Solaris since Sun Solaris 9. They were added as system
- utilities in Oracle Solaris 11.4.72.
+ utilities in Oracle Solaris 11.4.75.
SEE ALSO
ctfdump(1), ctfmerge(1)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 August 2024 ctfconvert(1)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2025 ctfconvert(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/ctfdump.1 11.4.78/man1/ctfdump.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/ctfdump.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.234684131 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/ctfdump.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.415212653 -0800
@@ -74,9 +74,9 @@
HISTORY
The CTF utilities, including ctfdump, have been used in the construc-
tion of Solaris since Sun Solaris 9. They were added as system utili-
- ties in Oracle Solaris 11.4.72.
+ ties in Oracle Solaris 11.4.75.
SEE ALSO
ar(1), ctfconvert(1), ctfmerge(1)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 July 2024 ctfdump(1)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2025 ctfdump(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/ctfmerge.1 11.4.78/man1/ctfmerge.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/ctfmerge.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.266310098 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/ctfmerge.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.449156358 -0800
@@ -4,14 +4,14 @@
ctfmerge - merge multiple input CTF
SYNOPSIS
- ctfmerge [-irsSv] [-a | -t] [-l label] [-L label] -o outfile file...
+ ctfmerge [-airsStv] [-l label] [-L label] -o outfile file...
- ctfmerge [-irsSv] [-a | -t] [-l label] [-L labelenv] -o outfile
+ ctfmerge [-airsStv] [-l label] [-L labelenv] -o outfile
-d uniqfile [-D uniqlabel] file...
- ctfmerge [-irsSv] [-a | -t] [-l label] [-L labelenv] -o outfile
+ ctfmerge [-airsStv] [-l label] [-L labelenv] -o outfile
-w withfile file...
@@ -124,7 +124,9 @@
-t
- Require each input file to have a CTF section.
+ Require each input file to have a CTF section, or when the -a op-
+ tion is specified, that the conversion operation succeeds in pro-
+ ducing CTF.
-v
@@ -271,10 +273,10 @@
HISTORY
The CTF utilities, including ctfmerge, have been used in the construc-
tion of Solaris since Sun Solaris 9. They were added as system utili-
- ties in Oracle Solaris 11.4.72.
+ ties in Oracle Solaris 11.4.75.
SEE ALSO
ctfconvert(1), ctfdump(1), ld(1), and Oracle Solaris 11.4 Linkers and
Libraries Guide
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 August 2024 ctfmerge(1)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2025 ctfmerge(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/exstr.1 11.4.78/man1/exstr.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/exstr.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.297244464 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/exstr.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.479740279 -0800
@@ -123,14 +123,10 @@
Assume that the file example.c contains two strings:
- main()
-
+ int main(void)
{
-
printf("This is an example\n");
-
printf("Hello world!\n");
-
}
@@ -199,16 +195,10 @@
produces the following output:
- extern char *gettxt();
-
- main()
-
+ int main(void)
{
-
printf(gettxt("UX:1", ""));
-
printf(gettxt("UX:2", ""));
-
}
@@ -225,16 +215,10 @@
uses the extracted strings as a second argument to gettxt():
- extern char *gettxt();
-
- main()
-
+ int main(void)
{
-
printf(gettxt("UX:1", "This is an example\n"));
-
printf(gettxt("UX:2", "Hello world!\n"));
-
}
@@ -244,6 +228,16 @@
files created by mkmsgs(1)
+USAGE
+ The gettxt() APIs defined by the SVID standard are provided to support
+ historical use, and to support software requiring strict compliance
+ with older standards. Otherwise, the use of the more modern and widely
+ supported gettext() APIs and tools is recommended.
+
+
+ The xgettext(1) command is the gettext replacement for the exstr com-
+ mand.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -263,4 +257,7 @@
tory. They indicate errors in the command line or format errors encoun-
tered within the input file.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 exstr(1)
+HISTORY
+ The exstr command was added in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 exstr(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/gencat.1 11.4.78/man1/gencat.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/gencat.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.329848743 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/gencat.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.525514909 -0800
@@ -137,6 +137,16 @@
>0 An error occurred.
+USAGE
+ The catgets() APIs defined by the X/Open standard are provided to sup-
+ port historical use, and to support software requiring strict compli-
+ ance with XPG7 and older standards. Otherwise, the use of the more mod-
+ ern and widely supported gettext() and tools is recommended.
+
+
+ The msgfmt(1) command is the gettext replacement for the gencat com-
+ mand.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -154,7 +164,15 @@
SEE ALSO
- mkmsgs(1), catgets(3C), catopen(3C), gettxt(3C), nl_types.h(3HEAD), at-
- tributes(7), environ(7), standards(7)
+ msgfmt(1), catgets(3C), catopen(3C), gettext(3C), nl_types.h(3HEAD),
+ attributes(7), environ(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ X/Open catgets APIs in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The gencat command has been included in all Sun and Oracle releases of
+ Solaris.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Feb 1995 gencat(1)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 gencat(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/geniconvtbl.1 11.4.78/man1/geniconvtbl.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/geniconvtbl.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.361076395 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/geniconvtbl.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.572977308 -0800
@@ -23,17 +23,27 @@
The input and output files can be of two different formats:
+ iconv Described in geniconvtbl(5)
- When the -c option is provided, the geniconvtbl will accept one or more
- of infile or standard input stream in the format described in genicon-
- vtbl-cconv(5) and will generate cconv binary table file(s) for cconv
- and iconv code conversions.
+ cconv Described in geniconvtbl-cconv(5)
- Unlike the iconv binary tables which is basically for buffer-based
+
+
+ When the -c option is provided, geniconvtbl accepts input in the format
+ described in geniconvtbl-cconv(5) and generates cconv binary table
+ file(s) for cconv and iconv code conversions.
+
+
+ Unlike the iconv binary tables, which are basically for buffer-based
iconv code conversions only, the cconv binary tables are per-character
sequence based and for both iconv and cconv code conversions.
+
+ When the -c option is not used, geniconvtbl accepts input in the format
+ described in geniconvtbl(5) and generates iconv binary table file(s)
+ for iconv code conversions.
+
OPTIONS
The following options are supported:
@@ -324,4 +334,12 @@
ered as a part of the Solaris installation, your modules will be over-
written during a system update.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Nov 2021 geniconvtbl(1)
+HISTORY
+ Support for the cconv table format, including the -c, -T, and -F op-
+ tions, was added in Oracle Solaris 11.4.0.
+
+
+ The geniconvtbl() command was introduced in Solaris 8, with support for
+ the iconv table format.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 geniconvtbl(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/genmsg.1 11.4.78/man1/genmsg.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/genmsg.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.417457672 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/genmsg.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.637824272 -0800
@@ -326,11 +324,11 @@
#define ERR_SET 2
#define WARN_MSG(id, msg) catgets(catd, WARN_SET, (id), (msg))
#define ERR_MSG(id, msg) catgets(catd, ERR_SET, (id), (msg))
- example% example.c
+ example% cat example.c
#include "msg.h"
printf("%s, WARN_MSG(-1, "Warning error"));
printf("%s, ERR_MSG(-1, "Fatal error"));
- example % proj
+ example % cat proj
1 10
2 10
@@ -363,6 +361,16 @@
>0 An error occurred.
+USAGE
+ The catgets() APIs defined by the X/Open standard are provided to sup-
+ port historical use, and to support software requiring strict compli-
+ ance with XPG7 and older standards. Otherwise, the use of the more mod-
+ ern and widely supported gettext() and tools is recommended.
+
+
+ The xgettext(1) command is the gettext replacement for the genmsg com-
+ mand.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -376,6 +384,10 @@
SEE ALSO
gencat(1), catgets(3C), catopen(3C), attributes(7), environ(7)
+
+ X/Open catgets APIs in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
NOTES
genmsg does not handle pointers or variables in the catgets(3C) call.
For example:
@@ -417,4 +428,7 @@
printf("%s, MSG(-1, "Failed"));
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 genmsg(1)
+HISTORY
+ The genmsg command was added in Solaris 2.6.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 genmsg(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/getconf.1 11.4.78/man1/getconf.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/getconf.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.445916787 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/getconf.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.710118666 -0800
@@ -199,4 +198,245 @@
sh(1), pathconf(2), sysinfo(2), confstr(3C), sysconf(3C), attrib-
utes(7), environ(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Oct 2015 getconf(1)
+HISTORY
+ The /usr/xpg7/bin/getconf command was added in Oracle Solaris 11.4.0.
+
+
+ The /usr/xpg4/bin/getconf and /usr/xpg6/bin/getconf commands were added
+ in Solaris 10 3/05.
+
+
+ Support for the -v option was added in Solaris 7.
+
+
+ The /usr/bin/getconf command was added in Solaris 2.5, including sup-
+ port for the -a option.
+
+
+ Support for the following variables was added in the listed Solaris re-
+ lease:
+
+ +--------------------------------------------------+-------------+
+ | VARIABLE | RELEASE |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+-------------+
+ | _SC_SUNW_FEATURE_INSTALLER |11.4.78 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+-------------+
+ | _SC_SUNW_FEATURE_AK |11.4.57 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+-------------+
+ | POSIX_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_INHERIT, |11.4.0 |
+ | POSIX_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_PROTECT, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LIBS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_THREADS_CFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_THREADS_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V7_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS, V6_ENV, V7_ENV, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_INHERIT, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_PROTECT, | |
+ | _POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32, _POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG, | |
+ | _POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64, _POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG, | |
+ | _XOPEN_UUCP | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+-------------+
+ | _XOPEN_ARMOR |11.2.0 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+-------------+
+ | _POSIX_TIMESTAMP_RESOLUTION |10 9/10 (U9) |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+-------------+
+ | HOST_NAME_MAX, POSIX2_SYMLINKS, |10 3/05 |
+ | POSIX_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN, POSIX_REC_INCR_XFER_SIZE, | |
+ | POSIX_REC_MAX_XFER_SIZE, | |
+ | POSIX_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE, POSIX_REC_XFER_ALIGN, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LIBS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | POSIX_V6_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS, SYMLINK_MAX, | |
+ | SYMLOOP_MAX, _POSIX2_BC_BASE_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX2_BC_DIM_MAX, _POSIX2_BC_SCALE_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX2_BC_STRING_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX2_CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX, _POSIX2_CHAR_TERM, | |
+ | _POSIX2_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX, _POSIX2_C_BIND, | |
+ | _POSIX2_C_DEV, _POSIX2_EXPR_NEST_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX2_FORT_DEV, _POSIX2_FORT_RUN, | |
+ | _POSIX2_LINE_MAX, _POSIX2_LOCALEDEF, | |
+ | _POSIX2_PBS, _POSIX2_PBS_ACCOUNTING, | |
+ | _POSIX2_PBS_CHECKPOINT, _POSIX2_PBS_LOCATE, | |
+ | _POSIX2_PBS_MESSAGE, _POSIX2_PBS_TRACK, | |
+ | _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX, _POSIX2_SW_DEV, | |
+ | _POSIX2_UPE, _POSIX2_VERSION, | |
+ | _POSIX_ADVISORY_INFO, _POSIX_AIO_LISTIO_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_AIO_MAX, _POSIX_ASYNC_IO, | |
+ | _POSIX_BARRIERS, _POSIX_CLOCKRES_MIN, | |
+ | _POSIX_CLOCK_SELECTION, _POSIX_CPUTIME, | |
+ | _POSIX_DELAYTIMER_MAX, _POSIX_HOST_NAME_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_IPV6, _POSIX_LOGIN_NAME_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK, _POSIX_MQ_OPEN_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_MQ_PRIO_MAX, _POSIX_PRIO_IO, | |
+ | _POSIX_RAW_SOCKETS, _POSIX_READER_WRITER_LOCKS, | |
+ | _POSIX_REGEXP, _POSIX_RE_DUP_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_RTSIG_MAX, _POSIX_SEM_NSEMS_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_SEM_VALUE_MAX, _POSIX_SHELL, | |
+ | _POSIX_SIGQUEUE_MAX, _POSIX_SPAWN, | |
+ | _POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS, _POSIX_SPORADIC_SERVER, | |
+ | _POSIX_SS_REPL_MAX, _POSIX_SYMLINK_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_SYMLOOP_MAX, _POSIX_SYNC_IO, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_CPUTIME, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_KEYS_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_SPORADIC_SERVER, | |
+ | _POSIX_THREAD_THREADS_MAX, _POSIX_TIMEOUTS, | |
+ | _POSIX_TIMER_MAX, _POSIX_TRACE, | |
+ | _POSIX_TRACE_EVENT_FILTER, | |
+ | _POSIX_TRACE_EVENT_NAME_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_TRACE_INHERIT, _POSIX_TRACE_LOG, | |
+ | _POSIX_TRACE_NAME_MAX, _POSIX_TRACE_SYS_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_TRACE_USER_EVENT_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_TTY_NAME_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS, | |
+ | _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32, _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG, | |
+ | _POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64, _POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG, | |
+ | _V6_ILP32_OFF32, _V6_ILP32_OFFBIG, | |
+ | _V6_LP64_OFF64, _V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG, | |
+ | _XOPEN_IOV_MAX, _XOPEN_NAME_MAX, | |
+ | _XOPEN_PATH_MAX, _XOPEN_STREAMS | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+-------------+
+ | AIO_LISTIO_MAX, AIO_MAX, AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX, |7 |
+ | DELAYTIMER_MAX, LOGIN_NAME_MAX, MQ_OPEN_MAX, | |
+ | MQ_PRIO_MAX, PASS_MAX, | |
+ | POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR, | |
+ | POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE, | |
+ | POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING, | |
+ | POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT, | |
+ | POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT, | |
+ | POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED, | |
+ | POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS, | |
+ | PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS, | |
+ | PTHREAD_KEYS_MAX, PTHREAD_STACK_MIN, | |
+ | PTHREAD_THREADS_MAX, RTSIG_MAX, SEM_NSEMS_MAX, | |
+ | SEM_VALUE_MAX, SIGQUEUE_MAX, TIMER_MAX, | |
+ | TTY_NAME_MAX, XBS5_ILP32_OFF32, | |
+ | XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS, | |
+ | XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS, | |
+ | XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS, XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG, | |
+ | XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS, XBS5_LP64_OFF64, | |
+ | XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS, | |
+ | XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS, XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS, | |
+ | XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS, XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG, | |
+ | XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO, _POSIX_FSYNC, | |
+ | _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES, _POSIX_MEMLOCK, | |
+ | _POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE, _POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION, | |
+ | _POSIX_MESSAGE_PASSING, _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO, | |
+ | _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING, | |
+ | _POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS, _POSIX_SEMAPHORES, | |
+ | _POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS, | |
+ | _POSIX_SYNCHRONIZED_IO, _POSIX_THREADS, | |
+ | _POSIX_TIMERS, _XBS5_ILP32_OFF32, | |
+ | _XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS, | |
+ | _XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG, _XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | _XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS, _XBS5_LP64_OFF64, | |
+ | _XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS, | |
+ | _XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS, _XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG, | |
+ | _XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | _XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS, _XOPEN_LEGACY, | |
+ | _XOPEN_REALTIME, _XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+-------------+
+ | ATEXIT_MAX, FILESIZEBITS, IOV_MAX, |2.6 |
+ | LFS64_CFLAGS, LFS64_LDFLAGS, LFS64_LIBS, | |
+ | LFS64_LINTFLAGS, LFS_CFLAGS, LFS_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | LFS_LIBS, LFS_LINTFLAGS, PAGESIZE, PAGE_SIZE, | |
+ | SIZE_MAX, _XOPEN_UNIX | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+-------------+
+ | ARG_MAX, BC_BASE_MAX, BC_DIM_MAX, BC_SCALE_MAX, |2.5 |
+ | BC_STRING_MAX, CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX, CHAR_BIT, | |
+ | CHAR_MAX, CHAR_MIN, CHILD_MAX, CLK_TCK, | |
+ | COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX, CS_PATH, EXPR_NEST_MAX, | |
+ | INT_MAX, INT_MIN, LINE_MAX, LINK_MAX, LONG_BIT, | |
+ | LONG_MAX, LONG_MIN, MAX_CANON, MAX_INPUT, | |
+ | MB_LEN_MAX, NAME_MAX, NGROUPS_MAX, NL_ARGMAX, | |
+ | NL_LANGMAX, NL_MSGMAX, NL_NMAX, NL_SETMAX, | |
+ | NL_TEXTMAX, NZERO, OPEN_MAX, PATH, PATH_MAX, | |
+ | PIPE_BUF, POSIX2_BC_BASE_MAX, | |
+ | POSIX2_BC_DIM_MAX, POSIX2_BC_SCALE_MAX, | |
+ | POSIX2_BC_STRING_MAX, POSIX2_CHAR_TERM, | |
+ | POSIX2_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX, POSIX2_C_BIND, | |
+ | POSIX2_C_DEV, POSIX2_EXPR_NEST_MAX, | |
+ | POSIX2_FORT_DEV, POSIX2_FORT_RUN, | |
+ | POSIX2_LINE_MAX, POSIX2_LOCALEDEF, | |
+ | POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX, POSIX2_SW_DEV, POSIX2_UPE, | |
+ | POSIX2_VERSION, RE_DUP_MAX, SCHAR_MAX, | |
+ | SCHAR_MIN, SHRT_MAX, SHRT_MIN, SSIZE_MAX, | |
+ | STREAM_MAX, TMP_MAX, TZNAME_MAX, UCHAR_MAX, | |
+ | UINT_MAX, ULONG_MAX, USHRT_MAX, WORD_BIT, | |
+ | _CS_PATH, _POSIX2_C_VERSION, _POSIX_ARG_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_CHILD_MAX, _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED, | |
+ | _POSIX_JOB_CONTROL, _POSIX_LINK_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_MAX_CANON, _POSIX_MAX_INPUT, | |
+ | _POSIX_NAME_MAX, _POSIX_NGROUPS_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_NO_TRUNC, _POSIX_OPEN_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_PATH_MAX, _POSIX_PIPE_BUF, | |
+ | _POSIX_SAVED_IDS, _POSIX_SSIZE_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_STREAM_MAX, _POSIX_TZNAME_MAX, | |
+ | _POSIX_VDISABLE, _POSIX_VERSION, _XOPEN_CRYPT, | |
+ | _XOPEN_ENH_I18N, _XOPEN_SHM, _XOPEN_VERSION, | |
+ | _XOPEN_XCU_VERSION, _XOPEN_XPG2, _XOPEN_XPG3, | |
+ | _XOPEN_XPG4 | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+-------------+
+
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2025 getconf(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/gettext.1 11.4.78/man1/gettext.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/gettext.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.474182239 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/gettext.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.742354309 -0800
@@ -4,12 +4,10 @@
gettext - retrieve text string from message database
SYNOPSIS
- gettext [-d textdomain | --domain=textdomain]
- [textdomain] msgid
+ gettext [-d textdomain | --domain=textdomain] [textdomain] msgid
- gettext -s [-e] [-n]
- [-d textdomain | --domain=textdomain] msgid...
+ gettext -s [-e] [-n] [-d textdomain | --domain=textdomain] msgid...
DESCRIPTION
The gettext utility retrieves a translated text string corresponding to
@@ -98,10 +96,21 @@
SEE ALSO
- echo(1), msgfmt(1), printf(1), gettext(3C), setlocale(3C), attrib-
- utes(7)
+ echo(1), gettext(1g), msgfmt(1), printf(1), gettext(3C), setlocale(3C),
+ attributes(7)
+
+
+ gettext APIs in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications in Ora-
+ cle Solaris
NOTES
This is the shell equivalent of the library routine gettext(3C).
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Sep 2001 gettext(1)
+HISTORY
+ Support for the -d, -e, -n, -s, and --domain options was added to the
+ gettext command in Solaris 9.
+
+
+ The gettext command was added in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 gettext(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/gettxt.1 11.4.78/man1/gettxt.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/gettxt.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.519648977 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/gettxt.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.773209566 -0800
@@ -8,15 +8,15 @@
DESCRIPTION
gettxt retrieves a text string from a message file in the directory
- /usr/lib/locale/locale/LC_MESSAGES . The directory name locale corre-
+ /usr/lib/locale/locale/LC_MESSAGES/. The directory name locale corre-
sponds to the language in which the text strings are written; see set-
locale(3C).
msgfile Name of the file in the directory /usr/lib/locale/lo-
- cale/LC_MESSAGES to retrieve msgnum from. The name of ms-
- gfile can be up to 14 characters in length, but may not
- contain either \0 (null) or the ASCII code for / (slash) or
- : (colon).
+ cale/LC_MESSAGES to retrieve msgnum from. The name of msg-
+ file can be up to 14 characters in length, but may not con-
+ tain either \0 (null) or the ASCII code for / (slash) or :
+ (colon).
msgnum Sequence number of the string to retrieve from msgfile. The
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
will try to retrieve the same message from /usr/lib/locale/C/LC_MES-
SAGES/ msgfile. If this also fails, and if dflt_msg is present and non-
null, then it will display the value of dflt_msg; if dflt_msg is not
- present or is null, then it will display the string Message not
- found!!.
+ present or is null, then it will display the string "Message not
+ found!!".
EXAMPLES
Example 1 The environment variables LANG and LC_MESSAGES.
@@ -97,6 +97,16 @@
message files for different languages created by mkmsgs(1)
+USAGE
+ The gettxt() APIs defined by the SVID standard are provided to support
+ historical use, and to support software requiring strict compliance
+ with older standards. Otherwise, the use of the more modern and widely
+ supported gettext() APIs and tools is recommended.
+
+
+ The gettext(1) command is the gettext replacement for the gettxt com-
+ mand.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -113,4 +123,7 @@
exstr(1), mkmsgs(1), setlocale(3C), gettxt(3C), attributes(7), envi-
ron(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 gettxt(1)
+HISTORY
+ The gettxt command was added in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 gettxt(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/kmdb.1 11.4.78/man1/kmdb.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/kmdb.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.569701755 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/kmdb.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.831949932 -0800
@@ -55,12 +55,13 @@
Some features of kmdb rely on the presence of kernel services and
are not immediately available to boot-loaded kmdb. In particular,
- the loading and unloading of dmods is not available until the mod-
- ule subsystem is initialized. Requests are queued until they can be
- processed. Similarly, translation of virtual addresses to physical
- addresses is not be available until the VM system has been initial-
- ized. Attempted translations fail until translation facilities are
- available.
+ the loading of aliases, saved command history and the loading and
+ unloading of dmods is not available until the module subsystem is
+ initialized. Requests are queued until they can be processed. Simi-
+ larly, translation of virtual addresses to physical addresses is
+ not be available until the VM system has been initialized. At-
+ tempted translations fail until translation facilities are avail-
+ able.
Runtime Loading
@@ -264,6 +265,40 @@
+ addr ::kill [-D] [-N] [-P] [-Q] [-S signal]
+
+ Post a signal to the process represented by the proc_t addr when
+ the kernel is continued. When the signal is delivered it will have
+ a sicode of SI_KMDB.
+
+ -D
+
+ Do not immediately continue the kernel to deliver the signal.
+ The signal will be delivered when the kernel is continued.
+
+
+ -N
+
+ Do not re-enter kmdb after the signal is delivered
+
+
+ -P
+
+ addr is a process ID rather than the address of a proc_t
+
+
+ -Q
+
+ Be quieter about posting the signal
+
+
+ -S signal
+
+ Post the numeric signal rather than the default signal which is
+ SIGABRT (6).
+
+
+
addr[,len] ::out [-L len] value
(x86 only)
@@ -374,8 +409,8 @@
SEE ALSO
- mdb(1), system(5), attributes(7), boot(8), dumpadm(8), eeprom(8), ker-
- nel(8)
+ mdb(1), signal(3head), system(5), attributes(7), boot(8), dumpadm(8),
+ eeprom(8), kernel(8)
Oracle Solaris Modular Debugger Guide
@@ -390,7 +425,7 @@
cate more memory than is available, they will, if possible, be termi-
nated. The debugger will attempt to recover gracefully from an out-of-
memory situation, but may be unable to, and may be forced to terminate
- the system. This constraint is especially acute on 32-bit x86 systems.
+ the system.
Performance Impact
System performance will be negatively impacted by the loading of kmdb,
@@ -405,4 +440,4 @@
and interpret the panic stack. See eeprom(8) for an example of specify-
ing that kmdb load upon boot.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 kmdb(1)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 September 2024 kmdb(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/localedef.1 11.4.78/man1/localedef.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/localedef.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.601757693 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/localedef.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.862912631 -0800
@@ -49,35 +49,40 @@
OPTIONS
The following options are supported:
- -c Creates permanent output even if warning messages
- have been issued.
+ -c
+ Creates permanent output even if warning messages have been issued.
- -f charmap Specifies the pathname of a file containing a
- mapping of character symbols and collating ele-
- ment symbols to actual character encodings. This
- option must be specified if symbolic names (other
- than collating symbols defined in a collating-
- symbol keyword) are used. If the -f option is not
- present, the default character mapping will be
- used.
+ -f charmap
- -i sourcefile The path name of a file containing the source de-
- finitions. If this option is not present, source
- definitions will be read from standard input.
+ Specifies the pathname of a file containing a mapping of character
+ symbols and collating element symbols to actual character encod-
+ ings. This option must be specified if symbolic names (other than
+ collating symbols defined in a collating-symbol keyword) are used.
+ If the -f option is not present, the default character mapping will
+ be used.
- -u code_set_name Specifies the name of a codeset used as the tar-
- get mapping of character symbols and collating
- element symbols whose encoding values are defined
- in terms of the ISO/IEC 10646-1: 2000 standard
- position constant values. See NOTES.
+ -i sourcefile
+ The path name of a file containing the source definitions. If this
+ option is not present, source definitions will be read from stan-
+ dard input.
- -x extensions_file Specifies the name of an extension file where
- various localedef options are listed. See lo-
- cale(7).
+
+ -u code_set_name
+
+ Specifies the name of a codeset used as the target mapping of char-
+ acter symbols and collating element symbols whose encoding values
+ are defined in terms of the ISO/IEC 10646-1: 2000 standard position
+ constant values. See NOTES.
+
+
+ -x extensions_file
+
+ Specifies the name of an extension file where various localedef op-
+ tions are listed. See locale(7).
OPERANDS
@@ -166,6 +171,10 @@
locale(1), iconv_open(3C), nl_langinfo(3C), strftime(3C), attrib-
utes(7), charmap(7), environ(7), extensions(7), locale(7), standards(7)
+
+ Creating a Custom Locale in International Language Environments Guide
+ for Oracle Solaris 11.4
+
WARNINGS
If warnings occur, permanent output will be created if the -c option
was specified. The following conditions will cause warning messages to
@@ -215,4 +224,12 @@
of these will display a warning message specifying that they are no
longer needed.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 Jun 2016 localedef(1)
+HISTORY
+ Support for the -u option was added to the localedef command in Solaris
+ 10 3/05.
+
+
+ The localedef command, including support for the -c, -f, -i, and -x op-
+ tions, was added to Solaris in Solaris 2.6.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 localedef(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/mconnect.1 11.4.78/man1/mconnect.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/mconnect.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.654361688 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/mconnect.1 2025-02-23 08:58:18.890400959 -0800
@@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
The mconnect command is not TLS-enabled, so traffic can be observed in
the clear while in transit, and should be considered to be insecure.
- The openssl s_client(1openssl) command can be used instead to make
- TLS-enabled SMTP connections for similar debugging.
+ The openssl-s_client(1openssl) command can be used instead to make TLS-
+ enabled SMTP connections for similar debugging.
FILES
/etc/mail/sendmail.hf Help file for SMTP commands
@@ -58,11 +58,11 @@
SEE ALSO
- nc(1), telnet(1), s_client(1openssl), ip6(4P), attributes(7), send-
- mail(8)
+ nc(1), openssl-s_client(1openssl), telnet(1), ip6(4P), attributes(7),
+ sendmail(8)
Klensin, John C., RFC 5321, Simple Mail Transfer Protocol, October
2008. https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Nov 2022 mconnect(1)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 mconnect(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/mdb.1 11.4.78/man1/mdb.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/mdb.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.822674938 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/mdb.1 2025-02-23 08:58:19.097429032 -0800
@@ -1194,6 +1194,7 @@
g octal signed long long (8 bytes)
h swap bytes (2 bytes)
i disassembled instruction (variable size)
+ j jazzed-up binary unsigned long long (8 bytes)
n newline
o octal unsigned short (2 bytes)
p symbol (4 or 8 bytes)
@@ -3288,6 +3289,11 @@
for more information.
+ ::operators
+
+ Print all the mdb operators with short descriptions.
+
+
address ::print [ -AaCdiLptx ] [ -c lim ] [ -l lim ]
[ type [ member ... ] ]
@@ -4644,20 +4650,35 @@
If stdout is a terminal device, the debugger stops after
the fork() or spawn() system call has returned and then
prompts the user to decide whether to follow the parent or
- child. If stdout is not a terminal device, the ask mode de-
- faults to parent. ask is the default.
+ child and whether to stop or continue. If stdout is not a
+ terminal device, the ask mode defaults to parent. ask is
+ the default.
parent
The debugger follows the parent process, and detaches from
- the child process and sets it running.
+ the child process.
child
The debugger follows the child process, and detaches from
- the parent process and sets it running.
+ the parent process.
+
+
+ stop_parent
+
+ The debugger follows the parent process, detaches from the
+ child process and then stops the parent on exit from the
+ system call.
+
+
+ stop_child
+
+ The debugger follows the child process, detaches from the
+ parent process and then stops the child on exit from the
+ system call.
@@ -5362,4 +5383,4 @@
provides source code for an example module in the directory
/usr/demo/mdb.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 July 2024 mdb(1)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 December 2024 mdb(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/mkmsgs.1 11.4.78/man1/mkmsgs.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/mkmsgs.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.853612333 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/mkmsgs.1 2025-02-23 08:58:19.130005576 -0800
@@ -108,6 +107,16 @@
message files created by mkmsgs for the locale locale
+USAGE
+ The gettxt() APIs defined by the SVID standard are provided to support
+ historical use, and to support software requiring strict compliance
+ with older standards. Otherwise, the use of the more modern and widely
+ supported gettext() APIs and tools is recommended.
+
+
+ The msgfmt(1) command is the gettext replacement for the mkmsgs com-
+ mand.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -119,6 +128,10 @@
SEE ALSO
- exstr(1), gettxt(1), setlocale(3C), gettxt(3C), attributes(7)
+ exstr(1), gettxt(1), msgfmt(1), setlocale(3C), gettxt(3C), attrib-
+ utes(7)
+
+HISTORY
+ The mkmsgs command was added in Solaris 2.0.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Nov 2021 mkmsgs(1)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 mkmsgs(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/msgfmt.1 11.4.78/man1/msgfmt.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/msgfmt.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.887729495 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/msgfmt.1 2025-02-23 08:58:19.174311891 -0800
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
files can be rewritten in any language supported by the system.
- The xgettext(1) command can be used to create .po files from script or
+ The xgettext(1) command can be used to create .po files from scripts or
programs.
@@ -30,8 +30,9 @@
OPTIONS
The following options are supported:
- -D dir Adds dir to the list for input files search.
- --directory=dir
+ -D dir Adds dir to the list to search for input
+ --directory=dir files.
+
-f Uses fuzzy entries in output. If this option
@@ -187,7 +188,7 @@
# translator-comments
#. automatic-comments
- #: reference..
+ #: reference...
#, flag
@@ -364,10 +365,24 @@
SEE ALSO
- xgettext(1), gettext(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), environ(7)
+ msgfmt(1g), xgettext(1), gettext(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), en-
+ viron(7)
+
+
+ gettext APIs in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications in Ora-
+ cle Solaris
NOTES
Installing message catalogs under the C locale is pointless, since they
are ignored for the sake of efficiency.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 msgfmt(1)
+HISTORY
+ Support for the -D, -f, -g, -s, --directory, --output-file, --strict,
+ --use-fuzzy, and --verbose options, and for GNU-compatible message
+ files, was added to the msgfmt command in Solaris 9.
+
+
+ The msgfmt command, with support for the -o and -v options, was added
+ in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 msgfmt(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/pack.1 11.4.78/man1/pack.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/pack.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.915617497 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/pack.1 2025-02-23 08:58:19.203445463 -0800
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@
These commands are no longer included in Oracle Solaris 11.4 and later
releases. Instead of unpack, you can use the gunzip(1) command to un-
- compress an existing packed file. Instead of pcat, you can use the
- zcat(1) command to output the contents of an existing packed file.
+ compress an existing packed file. Instead of pcat, you can use the gz-
+ cat(1) command to output the contents of an existing packed file.
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -27,4 +27,4 @@
SEE ALSO
gzip(1), attributes(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Nov 2018 pack(1)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 pack(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/passwd.1 11.4.78/man1/passwd.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/passwd.1 2025-02-23 08:57:56.990790401 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/passwd.1 2025-02-23 08:58:19.247414915 -0800
@@ -250,7 +250,9 @@
The account is a non-UNIX authentication account. passwd
-N has been run. See "Security". Accounts in this state are
not automatically locked when the system or per-user policy
- is LOCK_AFTER_RETRIES=YES.
+ is LOCK_AFTER_RETRIES=YES. Note that the string NP is
+ stored in the shadow password field in this case; not to be
+ confused with the NP state below.
NP
@@ -648,8 +650,7 @@
MINDIGIT
Minimum number of digits required. If MINDIGIT is not set or is
- set to zero (0), the default is no checks. You cannot be spec-
- ify MINDIGIT if MINNONALPHA is also specified.
+ set to zero (0), the default is no checks.
MINLOWER
@@ -661,9 +662,7 @@
MINNONALPHA
Minimum number of non-alpha (including numeric and special) re-
- quired. If MINNONALPHA is not set, the default is 1. You cannot
- specify MINNONALPHA if MINDIGIT or MINSPECIAL is also speci-
- fied.
+ quired. If MINNONALPHA is not set, the default is 1.
MINDAYS
@@ -681,8 +680,7 @@
Minimum number of special (non-alpha and non-digit) characters
required. If MINSPECIAL is not set or is zero (0), the default
- is no checks. You cannot specify MINSPECIAL if you also specify
- MINNONALPHA.
+ is no checks.
MINUPPER
@@ -862,4 +860,4 @@
The passwd command has been included in all releases of SunOS and So-
laris.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Feb 2024 passwd(1)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 05 Dec 2024 passwd(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/pkginfo.1 11.4.78/man1/pkginfo.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/pkginfo.1 2025-02-23 08:57:57.031136830 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/pkginfo.1 2025-02-23 08:58:19.293700742 -0800
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
pkginfo(1) User Commands pkginfo(1)
NAME
- pkginfo - display software package information
+ pkginfo - display SVR4 software package information
SYNOPSIS
pkginfo [-q | -x | -l] [-p | -i] [-r] [-a arch]
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@
[-v version] [-c category]... [pkginst]...
DESCRIPTION
- pkginfo displays information about software packages that are installed
- on the system (with the first synopsis) or that reside on a particular
- device or directory (with the second synopsis).
+ pkginfo displays information about SVR4 software packages that are in-
+ stalled on the system (with the first synopsis) or that reside on a
+ particular device or directory (with the second synopsis).
Without options, pkginfo lists the primary category, package instance,
@@ -127,6 +127,15 @@
default installation spool directory
+USAGE
+ The pkginfo command is used with legacy SVR4 packages created for older
+ Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later releases
+ use the IPS package system instead, and information about them can be
+ listed with the info subcommand of the pkg(1) and pkgrepo(1) commands.
+ The pkginfo command does not report on IPS packages directly, but will
+ report information provided by legacy actions in IPS packages. For de-
+ tails, see pkg(7).
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -145,4 +154,11 @@
In their current implementations, pkgadd(8), pkgtrans(1) and other
package commands can process a datastream of up to 4 GB.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Feb 2015 pkginfo(1)
+HISTORY
+ Support for the -R option was added in Solaris 2.1.
+
+
+ The pkginfo utility, including support for the -a, -b, -d, -f, -l, -o,
+ -p, -r, and -v options, was added to Solaris in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 pkginfo(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/pkgmk.1 11.4.78/man1/pkgmk.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/pkgmk.1 2025-02-23 08:57:57.073754437 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/pkgmk.1 2025-02-23 08:58:19.337364892 -0800
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
pkgmk(1) User Commands pkgmk(1)
NAME
- pkgmk - produce an installable package
+ pkgmk - produce an installable SVR4 package
SYNOPSIS
pkgmk [-o] [-a arch] [-b base_src_dir] [-d device]
@@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
[-v version] [variable=value]... [pkginst]
DESCRIPTION
- The pkgmk utility produces an installable package to be used as input
- to the pkgadd(8) command. The package contents is in directory struc-
- ture format.
+ The pkgmk utility produces an installable SVR4 package to be used as
+ input to the pkgadd(8) command. The package contents is in directory
+ structure format.
The command uses the package prototype(5) file as input and creates a
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
1. If neither -b nor -r options are specified, the file name
component of each file path listed in the prototype(5) file
is expected to be found in the same directory as the proto-
- type(5) file
+ type(5) file.
2. If -b is specified as a relative path (without a leading
@@ -145,6 +145,12 @@
>0 An error occurred.
+USAGE
+ The pkgmk command is used to create legacy SVR4 packages as were used
+ for Solaris 10 and older releases. Packages for Solaris 11 and later
+ releases should use the IPS package system instead. See the publish
+ subcommand of pkgsend(1) for similar functionality in IPS.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -193,4 +199,11 @@
For additional information regarding these parameters, see pkginfo(5).
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Feb 2015 pkgmk(1)
+HISTORY
+ Support for the -R option was added in Solaris 2.1.
+
+
+ The pkgmk utility, including support for the -a, -c, -d, -i, -l, -p,
+ -q, -r, -v, and -x options, was added to Solaris in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 pkgmk(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/pkgparam.1 11.4.78/man1/pkgparam.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/pkgparam.1 2025-02-23 08:57:57.104014017 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/pkgparam.1 2025-02-23 08:58:19.374655451 -0800
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
pkgparam(1) User Commands pkgparam(1)
NAME
- pkgparam - display package parameter values
+ pkgparam - display SVR4 package parameter values
SYNOPSIS
pkgparam [-v] [-d device] [-R root_path] pkginst [param]...
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@
DESCRIPTION
pkgparam displays the value associated with the parameter or parameters
- requested on the command line. The values are located in either the
- pkginfo(5) file for pkginst or from the specific file named with the -f
- option.
+ requested on the command line for the specified SVR4 package. The val-
+ ues are located in either the pkginfo(5) file for pkginst or from the
+ specific file named with the -f option.
One parameter value is shown per line. Only the value of a parameter is
@@ -72,6 +72,12 @@
>0 An error occurred.
+USAGE
+ The pkgparam command is used with legacy SVR4 packages created for
+ older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later re-
+ leases use the IPS package system instead, and information about them
+ can be listed with the pkg(1) and pkgrepo(1) commands.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -96,4 +102,11 @@
In their current implementations, pkgadd(8), pkgtrans(1) and other
package commands can process a datastream of up to 4 GB.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Feb 2015 pkgparam(1)
+HISTORY
+ Support for the -R option was added in Solaris 2.1.
+
+
+ The pkgparam utility, including support for the -d, -f, and -v options,
+ was added to Solaris in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 pkgparam(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/pkgproto.1 11.4.78/man1/pkgproto.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/pkgproto.1 2025-02-23 08:57:57.133293171 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/pkgproto.1 2025-02-23 08:58:19.406958640 -0800
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
pkgproto(1) User Commands pkgproto(1)
NAME
- pkgproto - generate prototype file entries for input to pkgmk command
+ pkgproto - generate SVR4 package prototype file entries for pkgmk
SYNOPSIS
pkgproto [-i] [-c class] [path1]
@@ -11,7 +11,8 @@
DESCRIPTION
pkgproto scans the indicated paths and generates prototype(5) file en-
- tries that may be used as input to the pkgmk(1) command.
+ tries that may be used as input to the pkgmk(1) command for building an
+ SVR4 package.
If no paths are specified on the command line, standard input is as-
@@ -20,10 +21,6 @@
input is read from stdin, a directory specified as a pathname will not
be searched.
-
- In their current implementations, pkgadd(8), pkgtrans(1) and other
- package commands can process a datastream of up to 4 GB.
-
OPTIONS
-i Ignores symbolic links and records the paths as ftype=f (a
file) versus ftype=s (symbolic link).
@@ -84,6 +81,13 @@
>0 An error occurred.
+USAGE
+ The pkgproto command is used to create prototype files for legacy SVR4
+ packages as were used for Solaris 10 and older releases. Packages for
+ Solaris 11 and later releases should use the IPS package system in-
+ stead. See the generate subcommand of pkgsend(1) for similar function-
+ ality in IPS.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -112,4 +116,8 @@
However, the output should be saved in a file (named Prototype or pro-
totype, for convenience) to be used as input to the pkgmk(1) command.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 pkgproto(1)
+HISTORY
+ The pkgproto utility, including support for the -c and -i options, was
+ added to Solaris in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 pkgproto(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/pkgtrans.1 11.4.78/man1/pkgtrans.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/pkgtrans.1 2025-02-23 08:57:57.177921386 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/pkgtrans.1 2025-02-23 08:58:19.440295387 -0800
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
pkgtrans(1) User Commands pkgtrans(1)
NAME
- pkgtrans - translate package format
+ pkgtrans - translate SVR4 package format
SYNOPSIS
pkgtrans [-inos] device1 device2
[pkginst]...
DESCRIPTION
- The pkgtrans utility translates an installable package from one format
- to another. It translates:
+ The pkgtrans utility translates an installable SVR4 package from one
+ format to another. It translates:
o a file system format to a datastream
@@ -122,6 +122,12 @@
>0 An error occurred.
+USAGE
+ The pkgtrans command is used to transform legacy SVR4 packages as were
+ used for Solaris 10 and older releases. Packages for Solaris 11 and
+ later releases should use the IPS package system instead. See
+ pkgsend(1) and pkgrecv(1) for similar functionality in IPS.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -150,4 +156,13 @@
In their current implementations, pkgadd(8), pkgtrans and other package
commands can process a datastream of up to 4 GB.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Jan 2023 pkgtrans(1)
+HISTORY
+ Support for package signatures, including the -a, -g, -k, and -P op-
+ tions, was added in Solaris 9 12/03 (Update 5) and removed in Oracle
+ Solaris 11.4.60.
+
+
+ The pkgtrans utility, including support for the -i, -n, -o, and -s op-
+ tions, was added to Solaris in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 pkgtrans(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/setterm.1 11.4.78/man1/setterm.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/setterm.1 2025-02-23 08:57:57.216217517 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/setterm.1 2025-02-23 08:58:19.478371742 -0800
@@ -5,11 +5,12 @@
SYNOPSIS
setterm [ -t TERMNAME ]
+
+
setterm -x NAME
- setterm -v
-AVAILABILITY
- system/locale/setterm
+
+ setterm -v
DESCRIPTION
setterm is used to build a STREAMS configuration on a tty line. setterm
@@ -234,24 +235,20 @@
For example:
-
Acceptable: A=ldterm:eldterm,ld0:eld0
Unacceptable: A = ldterm: eldterm , ld0:eld0
-
-
- The following commands are recognized. "NAME", "NAMELIST", "MOD1", and
- "MOD2", indicate the names of modules; "NAMELIST" indicates one or more
- of module names separated (with no space) by a vertical bar ("|" sym-
- bol); "CMD" indicates a shell command line; "VAR" indicates a single
- letter variable name from "A" through "F"; "WORDLIST" indicates a spe-
- cial wordlist for the "select" command:
-
+ The following commands are recognized. "NAME", "MOD1", and "MOD2", in-
+ dicate the names of modules; "NAMELIST" indicates one or more module
+ names separated (with no space) by a vertical bar ("|" symbol); "CMD"
+ indicates a shell command line; "VAR" indicates a single letter vari-
+ able name from "A" through "F"; "WORDLIST" indicates a special wordlist
+ for the "select" command:
cmd Arguments Action(s)
-
+ ------------------------------------------------------------------
pop none pop one module
popto NAMELIST pop until it encounters one of
modules in NAMELIST or there is no
@@ -262,17 +259,14 @@
push NAME push module name
run { CMD } run command line between {}
set VAR set VAR to name of top module
- if VAR=NAME?MOD1:MOD2 if the value of VAR is equal
- to NAME, then push MOD1, else
- push MOD2
- test VAR=NAME set VAR to
- NAME if the module "NAME" is in the
- STREAM
- select VAR=WORDLIST test "VAR" against the left
- word of each pair in "WORDLIST";
- push the first right word that matches
-
-
+ if VAR=NAME?MOD1:MOD2 if the value of VAR is equal to
+ NAME, then push MOD1, else push
+ MOD2
+ test VAR=NAME set VAR to NAME if the module
+ "NAME" is in the STREAM
+ select VAR=WORDLIST test "VAR" against the left word
+ of each pair in "WORDLIST"; push
+ the first right word that matches
@@ -279,14 +273,14 @@
Some special words are recognized for the if, test and select commands.
These words are:
-
END stop processing and exit
+
NUL do nothing
- POP pop a module rather than pushing
- ELSE as first of a pair in a WORDLIST,
- match any value including a NULL string
+ POP pop a module rather than pushing
+ ELSE as first of a pair in a WORDLIST, match any value including a
+ NULL string
@@ -436,11 +422,11 @@
push anything, or in the event of a module hangup or failure) it is
possible to run setterm from another terminal (assuming appropriate
permissions) with standard input redirected to the errant terminal
- line. For example, if tty12 is hung due to a module problem, "setterm-x
- ... < /dev/tty12" should clear the problem.
+ line. For example, if tty12 is hung due to a module problem, "setterm
+ -x ... < /dev/tty12" should clear the problem.
- Beware of infinite recursion when calling setterm recursively (i.,e.,
+ Beware of infinite recursion when calling setterm recursively (i.e.,
when "run { setterm ... }" from within an entry; setterm cannot detect
infinite recursion.
@@ -460,25 +446,37 @@
explanation and notes on format
+USAGE
+ Most modern configurations do not require the use of the setterm com-
+ mand. It is primarily used when the character set of the terminal is
+ not compatible with that of the locale being used, such as when using a
+ physical terminal or terminal emulator that only supports specific
+ older codesets. The use of terminals and locales that use the UTF-8
+ codeset is recommended, thereby eliminating the need for setterm.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Availability |system/locale/extra |
+ | Availability |system/locale/setterm |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
SEE ALSO
- streamio(4I), termio(4I), terminfo(5), getty(8), tic(8)
-
-
- Documentation on various local modules
+ streamio(4I), termio(4I), jconv7(4M), jconv8(4M), jconvrs(4M), jcon-
+ vru(4M), jconvs(4M), jconvu(4M), terminfo(5), getty(8), tic(8)
BUGS
A missing curly bracket (}) to a run command may not be caught by the
parser, which is relatively crude. This can result in bad arguments to
commands, without the syntax error being caught.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 May 2018 setterm(1)
+HISTORY
+ In Oracle Solaris 11.0 and 11.1, the setterm command and related
+ streams modules were delivered in the system/locale/extra package. In
+ Oracle Solaris 11.2 and later, they are instead delivered in the sys-
+ tem/locale/setterm package.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 setterm(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/statcfg.1 11.4.78/man1/statcfg.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/statcfg.1 2025-02-23 08:57:57.256473180 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/statcfg.1 2025-02-23 08:58:19.508919347 -0800
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
SEE ALSO
- rdms-stat(1), sstore(1), svcs(1), analytics(7), smf(7), smf_secu-
+ rdbms-stat(1), sstore(1), svcs(1), analytics(7), smf(7), smf_secu-
rity(7), webui(7), sstored(8), svcadm(8), svccfg(8), usermod(8)
@@ -206,4 +206,4 @@
Using Oracle Solaris 11.4 StatsStore and System Web Interface
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Dec 2019 statcfg(1)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 statcfg(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man1/xgettext.1 11.4.78/man1/xgettext.1
--- 11.4.75/man1/xgettext.1 2025-02-23 08:57:57.298640496 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man1/xgettext.1 2025-02-23 08:58:19.540489891 -0800
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
-a Extract all strings, not just those found in get-
- text(3C), and dgettext() () calls. Only one .po
- file is created.
+ text(3C) and dgettext() calls. Only one .po file
+ is created.
-c comment-tag The comment block beginning with comment-tag as
@@ -117,7 +117,11 @@
SEE ALSO
- msgfmt(1), gettext(3C), attributes(7)
+ gettext(1), msgfmt(1), xgettext(1g), gettext(3C), attributes(7)
+
+
+ gettext APIs in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications in Ora-
+ cle Solaris
NOTES
xgettext is not able to extract cast strings, for example ANSI C casts
@@ -129,4 +133,11 @@
are truncated to 2048 characters and a warning message is printed to
stderr.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 xgettext(1)
+HISTORY
+ Support for the -j option was added to the xgettext command in Solaris
+ 2.1.
+
+
+ The xgettext command was added in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 xgettext(1)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/alloca.3c 11.4.78/man3c/alloca.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/alloca.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:57.506070634 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/alloca.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:19.601370050 -0800
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
SEE ALSO
brk(2), getrlimit(2), mprotect(2), malloc(3C), pthread_attr_getstack-
- size(2), strdupa(3C), attributes(7)
+ size(3C), strdupa(3C), attributes(7)
WARNINGS
The implementation of alloca() is both machine and compiler dependent;
@@ -58,6 +58,6 @@
main thread for a block of memory exceeds the maximum size of a
process's stack, which can be obtained with getrlimit(2); or if the
size requested from another thread exceeds the maximum size of the
- thread stack, which can be obtained with pthread_attr_getstacksize(2).
+ thread stack, which can be obtained with pthread_attr_getstacksize(3C).
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Jan 2019 alloca(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 alloca(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/btowc.3c 11.4.78/man3c/btowc.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/btowc.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:57.555160274 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/btowc.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:19.632512188 -0800
@@ -43,4 +43,11 @@
SEE ALSO
setlocale(3C), wctob(3C), attributes(7), environ(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Oct 2014 btowc(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The btowc() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 btowc(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/c16rtomb.3c 11.4.78/man3c/c16rtomb.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/c16rtomb.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:57.604779190 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/c16rtomb.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:19.670819450 -0800
@@ -5,19 +5,11 @@
SYNOPSIS
#include <uchar.h>
- size_t c16rtomb(char * restrict s, char16_t c16, mbstate_t * restrict ps);
-
-DESCRIPTION
- If s is a null pointer, the c16rtomb() function is equivalent to the
- call
-
- c16rtomb(buf, L'\0', ps)
-
-
-
- where buf is an internal buffer.
+ size_t c16rtomb(char * restrict s, char16_t c16,
+ mbstate_t * restrict ps);
+DESCRIPTION
If s is not a null pointer, the c16rtomb() function determines the num-
ber of bytes needed to represent the multibyte character that corre-
sponds to the wide character given by c16 (including any shift se-
@@ -27,6 +19,10 @@
preceded by any shift sequence needed to restore the initial shift
state; the resulting state described is the initial conversion state.
+
+ If s is a null pointer, the c16rtomb() function is equivalent to the
+ call c16rtomb(buf, L'\0', ps) where buf is an internal buffer.
+
RETURN VALUES
The c16rtomb() function returns the number of bytes stored in the array
object (including any shift sequences). When c16 is not a valid wide
@@ -62,20 +54,28 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |See NOTES below |
+ | MT-Level |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Standard |See standards(7). |
+ | Standard |C11 |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
-SEE ALSO
- mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-
-NOTES
+ MT-Level
If ps is not a null pointer, the function uses the mbstate_t object
pointed to by ps and the function can be used safely in multithreaded
applications. If ps is a null pointer, the function uses its internal
mbstate_t object and the function is Unsafe in multithreaded applica-
tions.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Dec 2017 c16rtomb(3C)
+SEE ALSO
+ mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The c16rtomb() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 c16rtomb(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/c32rtomb.3c 11.4.78/man3c/c32rtomb.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/c32rtomb.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:57.645904801 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/c32rtomb.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:19.721342416 -0800
@@ -5,19 +5,11 @@
SYNOPSIS
#include <uchar.h>
- size_t c32rtomb(char * restrict s, char32_t c32, mbstate_t * restrict ps);
-
-DESCRIPTION
- If s is a null pointer, the c32rtomb() function is equivalent to the
- call
-
- c32rtomb(buf, L'\0', ps)
-
-
-
- where buf is an internal buffer.
+ size_t c32rtomb(char * restrict s, char32_t c32,
+ mbstate_t * restrict ps);
+DESCRIPTION
If s is not a null pointer, the c32rtomb() function determines the num-
ber of bytes needed to represent the multibyte character that corre-
sponds to the wide character given by c32 (including any shift se-
@@ -27,6 +19,10 @@
preceded by any shift sequence needed to restore the initial shift
state; the resulting state described is the initial conversion state.
+
+ If s is a null pointer, the c32rtomb() function is equivalent to the
+ call c32rtomb(buf, L'\0', ps) where buf is an internal buffer.
+
RETURN VALUES
The c32rtomb() function returns the number of bytes stored in the array
object (including any shift sequences). When c32 is not a valid wide
@@ -62,20 +54,28 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |See NOTES below |
+ | MT-Level |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Standard |See standards(7). |
+ | Standard |C11 |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
-SEE ALSO
- mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-
-NOTES
+ MT-Level
If ps is not a null pointer, the function uses the mbstate_t object
pointed to by ps and the function can be used safely in multithreaded
applications. If ps is a null pointer, the function uses its internal
mbstate_t object and the function is Unsafe in multithreaded applica-
tions.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Dec 2017 c32rtomb(3C)
+SEE ALSO
+ mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The c32rtomb() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 c32rtomb(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/catgets.3c 11.4.78/man3c/catgets.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/catgets.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:57.709995503 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/catgets.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:19.750980086 -0800
@@ -13,19 +13,21 @@
from the message catalog identified by catd. The catd argument is a
catalog descriptor returned from an earlier call to catopen(). The s
argument points to a default message string which will be returned by
- catgets() if the identified message catalog is not currently available.
+ catgets() if the requested message can not be retrieved.
RETURN VALUES
If the identified message is retrieved successfully, catgets() returns
a pointer to an internal buffer area containing the null terminated
- message string. If the call is unsuccessful for any reason, catgets()
- returns a pointer to s and errno may be set to indicate the error.
+ message string. This pointer will become invalid when catclose(3C) is
+ called on the catd argument. If the call is unsuccessful for any rea-
+ son, catgets() returns a pointer to s and errno may be set to indicate
+ the error.
ERRORS
The catgets() function may fail if:
- EBADF The catd argument is not a valid message catalogue descrip-
- tor open for reading.
+ EBADF The catd argument is not a valid message catalog descriptor
+ open for reading.
EBADMSG The number of %n specifiers that appear in the message
@@ -46,8 +48,14 @@
USAGE
- The catgets() function can be used safely in multithreaded applications
- as long as setlocale(3C) is not being called to change the locale.
+ The catgets() APIs defined by the X/Open standard are provided to sup-
+ port historical use, and to support software requiring strict compli-
+ ance with XPG7 and older standards. Otherwise, the use of the more mod-
+ ern and widely supported gettext() and tools is recommended.
+
+
+ The gettext(3C) function is the gettext replacement for the catgets()
+ function.
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -57,14 +65,28 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |MT-Safe |
+ | MT-Level |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Standard |See standards(7). |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ MT-Level
+ The catgets() function can be used safely in multithreaded applications
+ as long as setlocale(3C) is not being called to change the locale, and
+ catclose(3C) is not being called on the catalog descriptor specified in
+ the catd argument.
+
SEE ALSO
- setlocale(3C), gencat(1), catclose(3C), catopen(3C), gettext(3C), at-
+ gencat(1), catclose(3C), catopen(3C), gettext(3C), setlocale(3C), at-
tributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Aug 2018 catgets(3C)
+
+ X/Open catgets APIs in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The catgets() function has been included in all Sun and Oracle releases
+ of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 catgets(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/catopen.3c 11.4.78/man3c/catopen.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/catopen.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:57.759847737 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/catopen.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:19.785041918 -0800
@@ -133,7 +133,9 @@
The catclose() function closes the message catalog identified by catd.
If a file descriptor is used to implement the type nl_catd, that file
- descriptor will be closed.
+ descriptor will be closed. Pointers returned by calls to catgets(3C)
+ using a given catalog will be invalid after the associated nl_catd is
+ passed to catclose().
RETURN VALUES
Upon successful completion, catopen() returns a message catalog de-
@@ -189,9 +191,14 @@
USAGE
- The catopen() and catclose() functions can be used safely in multi-
- threaded applications, as long as setlocale(3C) is not being called to
- change the locale.
+ The catgets() APIs defined by the X/Open standard are provided to sup-
+ port historical use, and to support software requiring strict compli-
+ ance with XPG7 and older standards. Otherwise, the use of the more mod-
+ ern and widely supported gettext() APIs and tools is recommended.
+
+
+ The textdomain(3C) function is the gettext replacement for the
+ catopen() function.
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -207,8 +214,26 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ MT-Level
+ The catopen() function can be used safely in multithreaded applica-
+ tions, as long as setlocale(3C) is not being called to change the lo-
+ cale.
+
+
+ The catclose() function can be used safely in multithreaded applica-
+ tions, as long as catgets(3C) is not being called with the same nl_catd
+ descriptor.
+
SEE ALSO
gencat(1), catgets(3C), gettext(3C), setlocale(3C), nl_types.h(3HEAD),
attributes(7), environ(7), locale_alias(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 May 2011 catopen(3C)
+
+ X/Open catgets APIs in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The catopen() and catclose() functions have been included in all Sun
+ and Oracle releases of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 catopen(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/cconv_close.3c 11.4.78/man3c/cconv_close.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/cconv_close.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:57.788987442 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/cconv_close.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:19.814701158 -0800
@@ -14,8 +15,8 @@
function.
- See EXAMPLES section of cconv(3C) for examples on how to use the func-
- tion.
+ See the EXAMPLES section of cconv(3C) for examples on how to use the
+ function.
RETURN VALUES
Upon successful completion, 0 is returned. Otherwise, -1 is returned
@@ -44,4 +43,8 @@
SEE ALSO
cconv(3C), cconv_open(3C), cconvctl(3C), attributes(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Nov 2014 cconv_close(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The cconv_close() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 cconv_close(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/cconv_open.3c 11.4.78/man3c/cconv_open.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/cconv_open.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:57.821775618 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/cconv_open.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:19.849630165 -0800
@@ -6,8 +6,9 @@
SYNOPSIS
#include <iconv.h>
- cconv_t cconv_open(const char *tocode, int variant_tocode, const char *fromcode,
- int variant_fromcode, int flag);
+
+ cconv_t cconv_open(const char *tocode, int variant_tocode,
+ const char *fromcode, int variant_fromcode, int flag);
DESCRIPTION
The cconv_open() function returns a character sequence based code con-
@@ -176,9 +175,8 @@
ERRORS
The cconv_open() function may fail if:
-
- EMFILE {OPEN_MAX} files descriptors are currently open in the call-
- ing process.
+ EMFILE {OPEN_MAX} file descriptors are currently open in the calling
+ process.
ENFILE Too many files are currently open in the system.
@@ -223,7 +219,11 @@
iconv_zh_TW(7), standards(7)
NOTES
- Portable applications must assume that the conversion descriptors are
- not valid after a call to one of the exec functions (see exec(2)).
+ Applications must assume that the conversion descriptors are not valid
+ after a call to one of the exec functions (see exec(2)).
+
+HISTORY
+ The cconv_open() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Nov 2014 cconv_open(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 cconv_open(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/cconv.3c 11.4.78/man3c/cconv.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/cconv.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:57.859640616 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/cconv.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:19.884151766 -0800
@@ -28,9 +29,9 @@
A character sequence is one or more character codes that comprises a
- character. In case of graphic characters, it may be a single character
- code or multiple character codes such as combining or conjoining char-
- acter sequences defined in the current code conversion. It also in-
+ character. In the case of graphic characters, it may be a single char-
+ acter code or multiple character codes such as combining or conjoining
+ character sequences defined in the current code conversion. It also in-
cludes designator character sequences for state-dependent encodings
that may have one or more character codes in a designator. See the
NOTES section below for the definitions of the terms mentioned.
@@ -202,10 +198,10 @@
*/
ol = MY_BUFFER_SIZE;
ret = cconv(cd, NULL, &il, ob, &ol);
- if (ret != (size_t)-1 && ob < MY_BUFFER_SIZE)
+ if (ret != (size_t)-1 && ob < MY_BUFFER_SIZE) {
for (i = 0; i < MY_BUFFER_SIZE - ol; i++)
printf("Converted byte value = %d\n", ob[i]);
-
+ }
:
(void) cconv_close(cd);
@@ -257,4 +250,8 @@
following the designator are Japanese double byte characters in 7-bit
encoding.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Nov 2014 cconv(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The cconv() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris 11.4.0
+ release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 cconv(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/cconvctl.3c 11.4.78/man3c/cconvctl.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/cconvctl.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:57.896435018 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/cconvctl.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:19.918000889 -0800
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
The cconvctl() function can be used to control cconv code conversion
behavior by setting or getting the current cconv code conversion behav-
ior settings from the current code conversion pointed to by the conver-
- sion descriptor, cd, which returned from a successful cconv_open()
+ sion descriptor, cd, which was returned from a successful cconv_open()
call.
@@ -206,10 +197,14 @@
sponding code conversion implementation.
-
EXAMPLES
- Example 1 Using cconvctl() to discard illegal characters and replace
- non-identical characters into hexadecimal number sequences
+ Example 1 Setting Conversion Behavior
+
+
+
+ The following code shows the use of cconvctl() to discard illegal char-
+ acters and replace non-identical characters into hexadecimal number se-
+ quences.
@@ -229,15 +224,16 @@
if (r == -1) {
(void) fprintf(stderr, "cconvctl() failed due to ");
if (errno == EBADF) {
- (void) fprintf(stderr, "invalid conversion descriptor.\n");
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "invalid conversion descriptor.\n");
} else if (errno == EINVAL) {
(void) fprintf(stderr, "invalid request.\n");
} else if (errno == ENOTSUP) {
(void) fprintf(stderr, "unsupported request.\n");
} else {
/*
- * This shouldn't happen; this is only to make your code
- * robust.
+ * This shouldn't happen; this is only to make your
+ * code robust.
*/
(void) fprintf(stderr, "unknown reason.\n");
}
@@ -247,9 +243,12 @@
return (0);
+ Example 2 Querying Conversion Behavior
- Example 2 Query to see if the current conversion is doing translitera-
- tion on non-identical characters
+
+
+ The following code shows how to query to see if the current conversion
+ is doing transliteration on non-identical characters.
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -264,7 +263,7 @@
r = cconvctl(cd, CCONV_GET_TRANSLITERATE, (void *)&status);
if (r == -1) {
- (void) fprintf(stderr, "cconvctl() failed (errno = %d)\n", errno);
+ perror("cconvctl() failed");
return (-1);
}
@@ -305,4 +303,8 @@
iconv(3C), iconv_close(3C), iconv_open(3C), iconvctl(3C), iconvstr(3C),
iconv.h(3HEAD), geniconvtbl(5), geniconvtbl-cconv(5), attributes(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Nov 2014 cconvctl(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The cconvctl() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 cconvctl(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/confstr.3c 11.4.78/man3c/confstr.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/confstr.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:57.941042181 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/confstr.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:19.960365334 -0800
@@ -476,8 +476,8 @@
value is unspecified. Otherwise, this value is the set of initial
options to be given to the c99 utility to build a multithreaded ap-
plication. These flags are in addition to those associated with any
- of the other_CS_POSIX_V7_*_CFLAGS values used to specify particular
- type size programming environments.
+ of the other _CS_POSIX_V7_*_CFLAGS values used to specify particu-
+ lar type size programming environments.
_CS_POSIX_V7_THREADS_LDFLAGS
@@ -542,7 +542,82 @@
SEE ALSO
- pathconf(2), sysconf(3C), attributes(7), lfcompile(7), lfcompile64(7),
- standards(7)
+ getconf(1), pathconf(2), sysconf(3C), attributes(7), lfcompile(7), lf-
+ compile64(7), standards(7)
+
+HISTORY
+ The confstr() function was added to Solaris in Solaris 2.4.
+
+
+ Support for the following variables was added in the listed Solaris re-
+ lease:
+
+ +---------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | VARIABLE | RELEASE |
+ +---------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS, |11.4.0 |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LIBS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_THREADS_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_THREADS_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V7_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS, | |
+ | _CS_V6_ENV, _CS_V7_ENV | |
+ +---------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS, |10 3/05 |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LIBS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_POSIX_V6_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS | |
+ +---------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS, |7 |
+ | _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS, | |
+ | _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS | |
+ +---------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _CS_LFS_CFLAGS, _CS_LFS_LDFLAGS, |2.6 |
+ | _CS_LFS_LIBS, _CS_LFS_LINTFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_LFS64_CFLAGS, _CS_LFS64_LDFLAGS, | |
+ | _CS_LFS64_LIBS, _CS_LFS64_LINTFLAGS | |
+ +---------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _CS_PATH |2.4 |
+ +---------------------------------------------+--------------+
+
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 confstr(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2025 confstr(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/core_set_process_content.3c 11.4.78/man3c/core_set_process_content.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/core_set_process_content.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:57.981419456 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/core_set_process_content.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.003748078 -0800
@@ -243,11 +243,11 @@
SEE ALSO
- coreadm(8), memcntl(2), memcntl(1)
+ pmap(1), memcntl(2), coreadm(8)
NOTES
When applicable, the use of the coreadm utility in preference to these
functions, is advised. These interfaces exist to allow per-process con-
trol over core file details..
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 May 2023 core_set..._content(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 core_set..._content(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/ctype.3c 11.4.78/man3c/ctype.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/ctype.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.019282736 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/ctype.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.041729244 -0800
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
ctype(3C) Standard C Library Functions ctype(3C)
NAME
- ctype, isalpha, isalnum, isascii, isblank, iscntrl, isdigit, islower,
- isprint, isspace, isupper, ispunct, isgraph, isxdigit, isalpha_l, isal-
+ ctype, isalpha, isalnum, isascii, isblank, iscntrl, isdigit, isgraph,
+ islower, isprint, ispunct, isspace, isupper, isxdigit, isalpha_l, isal-
num_l, isblank_l, iscntrl_l, isdigit_l, isgraph_l, islower_l, is-
print_l, ispunct_l, isspace_l, isupper_l, isxdigit_l - character han-
dling
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
DESCRIPTION
"These macros" here refers to interfaces listed in the NAME and SYNOP-
- SIS sections, except those end their names with _l. Interfaces whose
+ SIS sections, except those with names ending with _l. Interfaces whose
names end with _l are provided only as functions and they are described
later in this section.
@@ -111,8 +111,8 @@
form, the macro name must be undefined (for example, #undef isdigit).
- In addition to the SUSv4 conforming applications, if
- __XPG7_THREAD_MODEL__ is defined before including <ctype.h>, the fol-
+ If either SUSv4 conformance feature test macros or
+ __XPG7_THREAD_MODEL__ are defined before including <ctype.h>, the fol-
lowing are provided as functions that are fully MT-Safe without any ex-
ceptions:
@@ -134,11 +134,10 @@
Unlike the macros corresponding to these functions that are not avail-
- able with the __XPG7_THREAD_MODEL__ or the SUSv4 conformance, the fol-
- lowing macros will still be available with the SUSv4 conformance and
- also with the __XPG7_THREAD_MODEL__ defined since they are not using
- any of the global variables and also inherently MT-Safe without any ex-
- ceptions:
+ able with the __XPG7_THREAD_MODEL__ or SUSv4 conformance, the following
+ macros will still be available with the SUSv4 conformance and also with
+ the __XPG7_THREAD_MODEL__ defined since they are not using any of the
+ global variables and also inherently MT-Safe without any exceptions:
isascii()
toascii()
@@ -150,19 +149,19 @@
Interfaces whose names end with _l are provided only as functions. Each
- of them is equivalent to corresponding function whose name doesn't end
- with _l, except that interface whose name ends with _l uses locale rep-
- resented by <locale>.
+ of them is equivalent to the corresponding function whose name doesn't
+ end with _l, except that the interface whose name ends with _l uses the
+ locale represented by the locale argument.
- For example, isalpha_l() is equivalent to function version of isal-
- pha(), except that isalpha_l() uses locale represented by <locale>, in-
- stead of current locale.
+ For example, isalpha_l() is equivalent to the function version of isal-
+ pha(), except that isalpha_l() uses the locale represented by locale,
+ instead of the current locale.
- The behavior is undefined if the <locale> argument to isalpha_l() is
- the special locale object LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE or is not a valid locale ob-
- ject handle.
+ The behavior is undefined if the locale argument to isalpha_l() is the
+ special locale object LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE or is not a valid locale object
+ handle.
For macros described with Default and Standard conforming versions,
@@ -188,13 +187,12 @@
true (letter or digit).
- isascii() Tests for any ASCII character, code between 0 and 0177 in-
- clusive.
+ isascii() Tests for any character code between 0 and 0177 inclusive.
isblank() Tests whether c is a character of class blank in the current
locale. This macro/function is not available to applications
- conforming to standards prior to SUSv3. See standards(7)
+ conforming to standards prior to SUSv3. See standards(7).
iscntrl() Tests for any control character as defined by the character
@@ -242,7 +240,7 @@
isspace() Tests for any space, tab, carriage-return, newline, verti-
- cal-tab or form-feed (standard white-space characters) or
+ cal-tab, or form-feed (standard white-space characters) or
for one of the current locale-defined set of characters for
which isalnum() is false. In the "C" locale, isspace() re-
turns true only for the standard white-space characters.
@@ -275,7 +273,7 @@
RETURN VALUES
If the argument to any of the character handling macros is not in the
- domain of the function, the result is undefined. If the argument <c> to
+ domain of the function, the result is undefined. If the argument c to
any of the character handling macros and functions is not in the domain
of the macro or function, the result is undefined. Otherwise, the macro
or function returns non-zero if the classification is TRUE and 0 if the
@@ -302,12 +300,70 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| MT-Level |MT-Safe |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Standard |See standards(7). |
+ | Standard |See below. |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ Standard
+ See standards(7) for descriptions of the following standards:
+
+ +-----------------------------+------------------------------+
+ | INTERFACES | APPLICABLE STANDARDS |
+ +-----------------------------+------------------------------+
+ | isalnum(), isalpha(), | C89 through C11, |
+ | iscntrl(), isdigit(), | POSIX.1-1990 through 2008, |
+ | isgraph(), islower(), | SUS through SUSv4, |
+ | isprint(), ispunct(), | XPG1 through XPG7 |
+ | isspace(), isupper(), | |
+ | isxdigit() | |
+ +-----------------------------+------------------------------+
+ | isascii() | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | | SUSv1 through SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG1 through XPG7 |
+ | | Deprecated in XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +-----------------------------+------------------------------+
+ | isblank() | C99 through C11, |
+ | | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | | SUSv3 through SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG6 through XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +-----------------------------+------------------------------+
+ | isalpha_l(), isalnum_l(), | POSIX.1-2008, |
+ | isblank_l(), iscntrl_l(), | SUSv4, |
+ | isdigit_l(), isgraph_l(), | XPG7 |
+ | islower_l(), isprint_l(), | |
+ | ispunct_l(), isspace_l(), | |
+ | isupper_l(), isxdigit_l() | |
+ +-----------------------------+------------------------------+
+
+
SEE ALSO
duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), newlocale(3C), setlocale(3C), stdio(3C),
uselocale(3C), ascii(7), environ(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 ctype(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ Support for the following functions is available in Oracle Solaris
+ starting with the listed release:
+
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | FUNCTION |RELEASE |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | isalnum_l(), isalpha_l(), isblank_l(), |11.4.0 |
+ | iscntrl_l(), isdigit_l(), isgraph_l(), | |
+ | islower_l(), isprint_l(), ispunct_l(), | |
+ | isspace_l(), isupper_l(), isxdigit_l() | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | isblank() |10 3/05 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | isalnum(), isalpha(), iscntrl(), isdigit(), |1.0 |
+ | isgraph(), islower(), isprint(), ispunct(), | |
+ | isspace(), isupper(), isxdigit() | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 ctype(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/duplocale.3c 11.4.78/man3c/duplocale.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/duplocale.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.063416343 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/duplocale.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.074044920 -0800
@@ -28,10 +29,8 @@
ERRORS
The duplocale() function will fail if:
-
- [ENOMEM] There is not enough memory available to create the locale
- object or load the locale data.
-
+ ENOMEM There is not enough memory available to create the locale ob-
+ ject or load the locale data.
USAGE
@@ -53,7 +52,7 @@
thread, but can have the value LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE. Passing LC_GLOBAL_LO-
CALE to functions such as isalnum_l() results in undefined behavior,
but applications can convert it into a usable locale object by using
- duplocale() function.
+ the duplocale() function.
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -73,4 +72,12 @@
freelocale(3C), newlocale(3C), uselocale(3C), attributes(7), stan-
dards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Sep 2014 duplocale(3C)
+
+ Managing System Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applica-
+ tions in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The duplocale() function was added to Oracle Solaris in the Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 duplocale(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/fgetwc.3c 11.4.78/man3c/fgetwc.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/fgetwc.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.115616624 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/fgetwc.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.105658026 -0800
@@ -108,8 +108,17 @@
SEE ALSO
- fgetc(3C), feof(3C), ferror(3C), fgets(3C), fgetws(3C), fopen(3C),
+ feof(3C), ferror(3C), fgetc(3C), fgets(3C), fgetws(3C), fopen(3C),
fread(3C), fscanf(3C), getc(3C), getchar(3C), gets(3C), scanf(3C), set-
locale(3C), ungetc(3C), ungetwc(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Oct 2014 fgetwc(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The fgetwc() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.0 release.
+ In Solaris 2.0 through 2.5, it was located in the libw library. In So-
+ laris 2.6 and later, it is located in libc.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 fgetwc(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/fputwc.3c 11.4.78/man3c/fputwc.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/fputwc.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.146651401 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/fputwc.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.137632090 -0800
@@ -129,4 +129,14 @@
exit(2), ulimit(2), abort(3C), fclose(3C), ferror(3C), fflush(3C),
fopen(3C), setbuf(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Aug 2018 fputwc(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The fputwc(), putwc(), and putwchar() functions and macros were added
+ to Solaris in the Solaris 2.0 release. In Solaris 2.0 through 2.5, they
+ were located in the libw library. In Solaris 2.6 and later, they are
+ located in libc.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 fputwc(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/fputws.3c 11.4.78/man3c/fputws.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/fputws.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.176591931 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/fputws.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.167111600 -0800
@@ -48,4 +48,13 @@
exit(2), abort(3C), fclose(3C), fflush(3C), fopen(3C), fputwc(3C), at-
tributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Aug 2018 fputws(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The fputws() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.0 release.
+ In Solaris 2.0 through 2.5, it was located in the libw library. In So-
+ laris 2.6 and later, it is located in libc.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 fputws(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/freelocale.3c 11.4.78/man3c/freelocale.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/freelocale.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.204701657 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/freelocale.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.194941854 -0800
@@ -41,4 +42,12 @@
duplocale(3C), newlocale(3C), uselocale(3C), attributes(7), stan-
dards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 21 Oct 2014 freelocale(3C)
+
+ Managing System Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applica-
+ tions in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The freelocale() function was added to Oracle Solaris in the Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 freelocale(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/fwide.3c 11.4.78/man3c/fwide.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/fwide.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.239064372 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/fwide.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.222900011 -0800
@@ -58,4 +58,11 @@
SEE ALSO
attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fwide(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The fwide() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 fwide(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/fwprintf.3c 11.4.78/man3c/fwprintf.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/fwprintf.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.293301260 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/fwprintf.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.268533251 -0800
@@ -291,12 +291,12 @@
x The unsigned int argument is converted to unsigned hexadecimal
- format in the style dddd; the letters abcdef are used. The pre-
- cision specifies the minimum number of digits to appear; if the
- value being converted can be represented in fewer digits, it
- will be expanded with leading zeros. The default precision is
- 1. The result of converting 0 with an explicit precision of 0
- is no wide-characters.
+ format in the style dddd; the letters "abcdef" are used. The
+ precision specifies the minimum number of digits to appear; if
+ the value being converted can be represented in fewer digits,
+ it will be expanded with leading zeros. The default precision
+ is 1. The result of converting 0 with an explicit precision of
+ 0 is no wide-characters.
X Behaves the same as the x conversion wide-character except that
@@ -622,6 +622,10 @@
btowc(3C), fputwc(3C), fwscanf(3C), mbrtowc(3C), setlocale(3C), attrib-
utes(7), standards(7), runtime_constraint_handler(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
NOTES
If the j length modifier is used, 32-bit applications that were com-
piled using c89 on releases prior to Solaris 10 will experience unde-
@@ -636,4 +640,4 @@
The wprintf(), fwprintf(), and swprintf() functions were added to So-
laris in the Solaris 7 release.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 30 Jul 2021 fwprintf(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 fwprintf(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/fwscanf.3c 11.4.78/man3c/fwscanf.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/fwscanf.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.349466505 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/fwscanf.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.331177851 -0800
@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
fwscanf(3C) Standard C Library Functions fwscanf(3C)
NAME
- fwscanf, wscanf, swscanf, vfwscanf, vwscanf, vswscanf - convert format-
+ fwscanf, wscanf, swscanf, vfwscanf, vwscanf, vswscanf, fwscanf_s, ws-
+ canf_s, swscanf_s, vfwscanf_s, vwscanf_s, vswscanf_s - convert format-
ted wide-character input
- fwscanf_s, wscanf_s, swscanf_s, vfwscanf_s, vwscanf_s, vswscanf_s -
- convert formatted wide-character input with additional safety checks
SYNOPSIS
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -122,11 +121,11 @@
The format is a wide-character string composed of zero or more direc-
tives. Each directive is composed of one of the following: one or more
- white-space wide-characters (space, tab, newline, vertical-tab or form-
- feed characters); an ordinary wide-character (neither % nor a white-
- space character); or a conversion specification. Each conversion speci-
- fication is introduced by a % or the sequence %n$ after which the fol-
- lowing appear in sequence:
+ white-space wide-characters (space, tab, newline, vertical-tab, or
+ form-feed characters); an ordinary wide-character (neither % nor a
+ white-space character); or a conversion specification. Each conversion
+ specification is introduced by a % or the sequence %n$ after which the
+ following appear in sequence:
o An optional assignment-suppressing character *.
@@ -444,7 +443,7 @@
file associated with stream for update. The st_atime field will be
marked for update by the first successful execution of fgetc(3C),
fgetwc(3C), fgets(3C), fgetws(3C), fread(3C), getc(3C), getwc(3C),
- getchar(3C), getwchar(3C), gets(3C), fscanf(3C) or fwscanf() using
+ getchar(3C), getwchar(3C), gets(3C), fscanf(3C), or fwscanf() using
stream that returns data not supplied by a prior call to ungetc(3C).
C11 Bounds Checking Interfaces
@@ -505,7 +504,7 @@
will assign to n the value 3, to i the value 25, to x the value 5.432,
- and name will contain the string Hamster.
+ and name will contain the string "Hamster".
@@ -526,10 +525,9 @@
- will assign 56 to i, 789.0 to x, skip 0123, and place the string 56\0
+ will assign 56 to i, 789.0 to x, skip 0123, and place the string "56\0"
in name. The next call to getchar(3C) will return the character a.
-
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -560,6 +558,10 @@
setlocale(3C), strtod(3C), wcrtomb(3C), wcstod(3C), wcstol(3C), wc-
stoul(3C), attributes(7), standards(7), runtime_constraint_handler(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
NOTES
The behavior of the conversion specifier "%%" has changed for all of
the functions described on this manual page. Previously the "%%" speci-
@@ -570,4 +572,17 @@
old behavior is desired, the conversion specification "%*[%]" can be
used.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 fwscanf(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The wscanf_s(), fwscanf_s(), swscanf_s(), vwscanf_s(), vfwscanf_s(),
+ and vswscanf_s() functions were added to Oracle Solaris in the Oracle
+ Solaris 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The vwscanf(), vfwscanf(), and vswscanf() functions were added to So-
+ laris in the Solaris 9 release.
+
+
+ The wscanf(), fwscanf(), and swscanf() functions were added to Solaris
+ in the Solaris 7 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 fwscanf(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/getcwd.3c 11.4.78/man3c/getcwd.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/getcwd.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.378850005 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/getcwd.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.379813769 -0800
@@ -133,4 +133,13 @@
SEE ALSO
chdir(2), malloc(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 Sep 2014 getcwd(3C)
+HISTORY
+ Support for allocating memory when size is 0 and buf is NULL was added
+ to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris 11.2.3 release. Prior to that, a size
+ of 0 would cause getcwd() to fail with EINVAL.
+
+
+ The getcwd() function has been included in all Sun and Oracle releases
+ of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2025 getcwd(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/gettext.3c 11.4.78/man3c/gettext.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/gettext.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.413642875 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/gettext.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.416467408 -0800
@@ -312,4 +312,25 @@
msgfmt(1), xgettext(1), iconv_open(3C), setlocale(3C), lib-
intl.h(3HEAD), attributes(7), environ(7), locale_alias(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Jun 2012 gettext(3C)
+
+ gettext APIs in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications in Ora-
+ cle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The ngettext(), dngettext(), bind_textdomain_codeset(), and dcnget-
+ text() functions, and GNU compatibility in the existing functions, were
+ added to Solaris in the Solaris 9 release.
+
+
+ The dcgettext() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 re-
+ lease.
+
+
+ The dgettext() and bindtextdomain() functions were added to Solaris in
+ the Solaris 2.0 release.
+
+
+ The gettext() and textdomain() functions have been included in all Sun
+ and Oracle releases of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 gettext(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/gettxt.3c 11.4.78/man3c/gettxt.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/gettxt.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.444601447 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/gettxt.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.457932226 -0800
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
gettxt - retrieve a text string
SYNOPSIS
- #include <nl_types.h>
+ #include <unistd.h>
char *gettxt(const char *msgid, const char *dflt_str);
@@ -14,9 +14,8 @@
fault string dflt_str to be used if the retrieval fails.
- The text strings are in files created by the mkmsgs utility (see
- mkmsgs(1)) and installed in directories in /usr/lib/locale/lo-
- cale/LC_MESSAGES.
+ The text strings are in files created by the mkmsgs(1) utility and in-
+ stalled in directories in /usr/lib/locale/locale/LC_MESSAGES.
The directory locale can be viewed as the language in which the text
@@ -62,7 +61,14 @@
returned.
USAGE
- It is recommended that gettext(3C) be used in place of this function.
+ The gettxt() APIs defined by the SVID standard are provided to support
+ historical use, and to support software requiring strict compliance
+ with older standards. Otherwise, the use of the more modern and widely
+ supported gettext() APIs and tools is recommended.
+
+
+ The gettext(3C) function is the gettext replacement for the gettxt()
+ function.
EXAMPLES
Example 1 Example of gettxt() function.
@@ -73,8 +79,8 @@
In the following example,
- gettxt("UX:10", "hello world\n")
- gettxt("UX:10", "")
+ gettxt("UX:10", "hello world\n");
+ gettxt("UX:10", "");
@@ -107,4 +113,8 @@
exstr(1), mkmsgs(1), fmtmsg(3C), gettext(3C), setlocale(3C), attrib-
utes(7), environ(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Mar 2016 gettxt(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The gettxt() function has been included in all Sun and Oracle releases
+ of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 gettxt(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/getwc.3c 11.4.78/man3c/getwc.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/getwc.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.473042432 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/getwc.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.492154739 -0800
@@ -21,10 +21,6 @@
Refer to fgetwc(3C).
USAGE
- This interface is provided to align with some current implementations
- and with possible future ISO standards.
-
-
Because it may be implemented as a macro, getwc() may treat incorrectly
a stream argument with side effects. In particular, getwc(*f++) may not
work as expected. Therefore, use of this function is not recommended;
@@ -33,16 +29,28 @@
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ +------------------------+-----------------------------------+
| ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE |
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Interface Stability |Standard |
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ +------------------------+-----------------------------------+
+ | Interface Stability | Committed |
+ +------------------------+-----------------------------------+
+ | Standard | C95 through C11, |
+ | | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | | SUS through SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG4 through XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +------------------------+-----------------------------------+
| MT-Level |MT-Safe |
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ +------------------------+-----------------------------------+
SEE ALSO
fgetwc(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Jul 2002 getwc(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The getwc() macro was added to <widec.h> in the Solaris 2.0 release.
+ The getwc() function was added to libw and <wchar.h> in the Solaris 2.4
+ release. In Solaris 2.4 and 2.5, the function was located in the libw
+ library. In Solaris 2.6 and later, it is located in libc.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 getwc(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/getwchar.3c 11.4.78/man3c/getwchar.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/getwchar.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.524088565 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/getwchar.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.521385430 -0800
@@ -25,16 +25,32 @@
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ +------------------------+-----------------------------------+
| ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE |
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Interface Stability |Standard |
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ +------------------------+-----------------------------------+
+ | Interface Stability | Committed |
+ +------------------------+-----------------------------------+
+ | Standard | C95 through C11, |
+ | | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | | SUS through SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG4 through XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +------------------------+-----------------------------------+
| MT-Level |MT-Safe |
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ +------------------------+-----------------------------------+
SEE ALSO
fgetwc(3C), getwc(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Jul 2002 getwchar(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The getwchar() macro was added to <widec.h> in the Solaris 2.0 release.
+ The getwchar() function was added to libw and <wchar.h> in the Solaris
+ 2.4 release. In Solaris 2.4 and 2.5, the function was located in the
+ libw library. In Solaris 2.6 and later, it is located in libc.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 getwchar(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/getws.3c 11.4.78/man3c/getws.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/getws.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.567987889 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/getws.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.552573699 -0800
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
The getws() function reads a string of characters from the standard in-
put stream, stdin, converts these characters to the corresponding wide-
character codes, and writes them to the array pointed to by ws, until a
- newline character is read, converted and transferred to ws or an end-
+ newline character is read, converted, and transferred to ws or an end-
of-file condition is encountered. The wide-character string, ws, is
then terminated with a null wide-character code.
@@ -81,7 +79,8 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Interface Stability |fgetws() is Standard. |
+ | Interface Stability |fgetws() is Committed. |
+ | |getws() is Obsolete. |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| MT-Level |MT-Safe |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
@@ -91,4 +90,13 @@
fread(3C), ferror(3C), fgetwc(3C), getwc(3C), putws(3C), scanf(3C),
ungetc(3C), ungetwc(3C), standards(7), attributes(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 05 May 2016 getws(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The getws() and fgetws() functions were added to Solaris in the Solaris
+ 2.0 release. In Solaris 2.0 through 2.5, they were located in the libw
+ library. In Solaris 2.6 and later, they are located in libc.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 getws(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/iconv_close.3c 11.4.78/man3c/iconv_close.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/iconv_close.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.596707011 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/iconv_close.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.581779056 -0800
@@ -47,4 +47,12 @@
SEE ALSO
iconv(3C), iconv_open(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 24 Jul 2002 iconv_close(3C)
+
+ Converting Codesets in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The iconv_close() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 re-
+ lease.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 iconv_close(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/iconv_open.3c 11.4.78/man3c/iconv_open.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/iconv_open.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.631713749 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/iconv_open.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.617455428 -0800
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
iconv_open(3C) Standard C Library Functions iconv_open(3C)
NAME
- iconv_open - code conversion allocation function
+ iconv_open - codeset conversion allocation function
SYNOPSIS
#include <iconv.h>
@@ -153,7 +153,8 @@
ments will override preceding indicators. As an example, in the follow-
ing:
- cd = iconv_open("UTF-8//IGNORE//REPLACE_HEX", "ISO8859-1//ILLEGAL_REPLACE_HEX");
+ cd = iconv_open("UTF-8//IGNORE//REPLACE_HEX",
+ "ISO8859-1//ILLEGAL_REPLACE_HEX");
@@ -192,7 +193,11 @@
EXAMPLES
- Example 1 Use iconv_open() to open a simple code conversion.
+ Example 1 Open a Simple Code Conversion
+
+
+
+ The example uses iconv_open() to open a simple code conversion.
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -213,9 +218,12 @@
+ Example 2 Change Conversion Behavior
+
+
- Example 2 Change conversion behavior by supplying conversion behavior
- modification indicators.
+ This example changes conversion behavior by supplying conversion behav-
+ ior modification indicators.
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -236,7 +244,7 @@
cd = iconv_open("ISO8859-1//ILLEGAL_DISCARD//NON_IDENTICAL_REPLACE_HEX",
"UTF-8");
if (cd == (iconv_t)-1) {
- (void) fprintf(stderr, "iconv_open(UTF-8, ISO8859-1) failed.\n");
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "iconv_open(ISO8859-1, UTF-8) failed.\n");
return (1);
}
@@ -267,6 +274,10 @@
iconv_ko(7), iconv_unicode(7), iconv_zh(7), iconv_zh_TW(7), stan-
dards(7)
+
+ Converting Codesets in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
NOTES
The iconv_open() function uses malloc(3C) to allocate space for inter-
nal buffer areas. iconv_open() may fail if there is insufficient stor-
@@ -293,4 +304,8 @@
binary table files, refer to geniconvtbl(1) and also cconv man pages
such as cconv_open(3C).
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 06 Aug 2016 iconv_open(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The iconv_open() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 re-
+ lease.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 iconv_open(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/iconv.3c 11.4.78/man3c/iconv.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/iconv.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.668016083 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/iconv.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.661187760 -0800
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
The iconv() function converts the sequence of characters from one code
set, in the array specified by inbuf, into a sequence of corresponding
characters in another code set, in the array specified by outbuf. The
- code sets are those specified in the iconv_open() call that returned
+ code sets are those specified in the iconv_open(3C) call that returned
the conversion descriptor, cd. The inbuf argument points to a variable
that points to the first character in the input buffer and inbytesleft
indicates the number of bytes to the end of the buffer to be converted.
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
if (argc != 3) {
(void) fprintf(stderr,
- "Usage: %s from_codeset to_codeset\\n", argv[0]);
+ "Usage: %s from_codeset to_codeset\n", argv[0]);
return (1);
}
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
* iconv_open failed
*/
(void) fprintf(stderr,
- "iconv_open(%s, %s) failed\\n", to_code, from_code);
+ "iconv_open(%s, %s) failed\n", to_code, from_code);
return (1);
}
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
INIT_SHIFT_STATE(cd, fptr, ileft, tptr, oleft);
(void) iconv_close(cd);
- (void) fprintf(stderr, "Conversion error\\n");
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "Conversion error\n");
return (1);
}
@@ -250,20 +250,20 @@
(void) iconv_close(cd);
(void) fprintf(stderr,
- "Illegal character or sequence\\n");
+ "Illegal character or sequence\n");
return (1);
} else if (errno == EBADF) {
/*
* Invalid conversion descriptor.
* Actually, this shouldn't happen here.
*/
- (void) fprintf(stderr, "Conversion error\\n");
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "Conversion error\n");
return (1);
} else {
/*
* This errno is not defined
*/
- (void) fprintf(stderr, "iconv error\\n");
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "iconv error\n");
return (1);
}
}
@@ -329,4 +329,11 @@
vstr(3C), attributes(7), iconv_extra(7), iconv_ja(7), iconv_ko(7),
iconv_unicode(7), iconv_zh(7), iconv_zh_TW(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Nov 2014 iconv(3C)
+
+ Converting Codesets in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The iconv() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 iconv(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/iconvctl.3c 11.4.78/man3c/iconvctl.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/iconvctl.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.711586950 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/iconvctl.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.708452091 -0800
@@ -9,11 +9,11 @@
int iconvctl(iconv_t cd, int request, void *arg);
DESCRIPTION
- The iconvctl() function can be used to control iconv code conversion
- behavior by setting or getting the current iconv code conversion behav-
- ior settings from the current code conversion pointed to by the conver-
- sion descriptor cdthat was returned
- from a successful iconv_open(3C) call.
+ The iconvctl() function can be used to control iconv(3C) code conver-
+ sion behavior by setting or getting the current iconv() code conversion
+ behavior settings from the current code conversion pointed to by the
+ conversion descriptor cd that was returned from a successful
+ iconv_open(3C) call.
The following are the supported values for the request argument:
@@ -34,15 +34,15 @@
ICONV_CONV_ILLEGAL_REPLACE_HEX
- The current code conversion replaces illegal input bytes into
+ The current code conversion replaces illegal input bytes with
hexadecimal number sequences as described in iconv_open(3C).
ICONV_CONV_ILLEGAL_RESTORE_HEX
The current code conversion restores hexadecimal number se-
- quences originated from illegal input bytes into actual byte
- values.
+ quences originated from illegal input bytes by replacing the
+ sequences with actual byte values.
ICONV_CONV_NON_IDENTICAL_DISCARD
@@ -53,15 +53,15 @@
ICONV_CONV_NON_IDENTICAL_REPLACE_HEX
The current code conversion replaces bytes of non-identical
- characters into hexadecimal number sequences as described in
+ characters with hexadecimal number sequences as described in
iconv_open(3C).
ICONV_CONV_NON_IDENTICAL_RESTORE_HEX
The current code conversion restores hexadecimal number se-
- quences originated from non-identical characters into actual
- byte values.
+ quences originated from non-identical characters by replacing
+ the sequences with actual byte values.
ICONV_CONV_NON_IDENTICAL_TRANSLITERATE
@@ -90,14 +90,14 @@
ICONV_CONV_ILLEGAL_REPLACE_HEX
Instruct the current code conversion to replace illegal input
- bytes into hexadecimal number sequences.
+ bytes with hexadecimal number sequences.
ICONV_CONV_ILLEGAL_RESTORE_HEX
Instruct the current code conversion to restore hexadecimal
- number sequences originated from illegal input bytes into ac-
- tual byte values.
+ number sequences originated from illegal input bytes by replac-
+ ing the sequences with the actual byte values.
ICONV_CONV_NON_IDENTICAL_DISCARD
@@ -109,14 +109,14 @@
ICONV_CONV_NON_IDENTICAL_REPLACE_HEX
Instruct the current code conversion to replace bytes of non-
- identical characters into hexadecimal number sequences.
+ identical characters with hexadecimal number sequences.
ICONV_CONV_NON_IDENTICAL_RESTORE_HEX
Instruct the current code conversion to restore hexadecimal
- number sequences originated from non-identical characters into
- actual byte values.
+ number sequences originated from non-identical characters by
+ replacing the sequences with actual byte values.
ICONV_CONV_NON_IDENTICAL_TRANSLITERATE
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
tical characters as much as it can.
When conflicting values are specified together, the values for dis-
- carding and then replacing into hexadecimal numbers will supersede
+ carding and then replacing with hexadecimal numbers will supersede
other values specified.
For more details on the above iconv code conversion behaviors, re-
@@ -197,10 +197,12 @@
EXAMPLES
- Example 1 Use iconvctl() to discard illegal characters and
- replace non-identical characters into
- hexadecimal number
- sequences.
+ Example 1 Change Conversion Behavior
+
+
+
+ This code example uses iconvctl() to discard illegal characters and re-
+ place non-identical characters with hexadecimal number sequences.
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -219,15 +221,16 @@
if (r == -1) {
(void) fprintf(stderr, "iconvctl() failed due to ");
if (errno == EBADF) {
- (void) fprintf(stderr, "invalid conversion descriptor.\n");
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "invalid conversion descriptor.\n");
} else if (errno == EINVAL) {
(void) fprintf(stderr, "invalid request.\n");
} else if (errno == ENOTSUP) {
(void) fprintf(stderr, "unsupported request.\n");
} else {
/*
- * This shouldn't happen; this is only to make your code
- * robust.
+ * This shouldn't happen; this is only to make
+ * your code robust.
*/
(void) fprintf(stderr, "unknown reason.\n");
}
@@ -237,9 +240,12 @@
return (0);
+ Example 2 Query Conversion Behavior
+
- Example 2 Query to determine if the current conversion is doing
- transliteration on non-identical characters.
+
+ This code example queries to determine if the current conversion is do-
+ ing transliteration on non-identical characters.
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -254,7 +260,7 @@
r = iconvctl(cd, ICONV_GET_TRANSLITERATE, (void *)&status);
if (r == -1) {
- (void) fprintf(stderr, "iconvctl() failed (errno = %d)\n", errno);
+ perror("iconvctl() failed");
return (-1);
}
@@ -274,25 +279,33 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+
+ It is unsafe for a thread to call iconvctl() to change the current code
+ conversion behavior at the same time that iconv(3C) is being called by
+ another thread using the same conversion descriptor. Unpredictable code
+ conversion behavior can occur in the middle of code conversion if this
+ happens. To change the code conversion behavior in a multi-threaded ap-
+ plication, call iconvctl() prior to any iconv() call with the same con-
+ version descriptor or wait for existing iconv() calls to finish, reset
+ the code conversion, call iconvctl(), and then call iconv() for a new
+ code conversion behavior.
+
+
+ It is safe to use iconvctl() to query the current code conversion be-
+ havior except when some other thread is changing the code conversion
+ behavior.
+
SEE ALSO
geniconvtbl(1), iconv(1), iconv(3C), iconv_close(3C), iconv_open(3C),
iconvstr(3C), iconv.h(3HEAD), geniconvtbl(5), attributes(7), stan-
dards(7)
-NOTES
- It is unsafe for any thread to call iconvctl() to change the current
- code conversion behavior while there is iconv(3C) being called by any
- other thread with the same conversion descriptor in the application
- since such will yield unpredictable code conversion behavior change in
- the middle of code conversion. To change the code conversion behavior
- in a multi-threaded application, call iconvctl() prior to any iconv()
- call with the same conversion descriptor or wait for existing
- iconv()iconv(3C) call to finish, reset the code conversion, call icon-
- vctl(), and then call iconv() for a new code conversion behavior
+ Converting Codesets in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
- It is safe to use iconvctl() to query the current code conversion be-
- havior except when some other thread is changing the code conversion
- behavior.
+HISTORY
+ The iconvctl() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.0.0 release.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 Jan 2011 iconvctl(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 iconvctl(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/iconvstr.3c 11.4.78/man3c/iconvstr.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/iconvstr.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.743688968 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/iconvstr.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.748157963 -0800
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
- The following example converts null-terminated ISO8859-2 pathname
+ The following example converts a null-terminated ISO8859-2 pathname
string to UTF-8 string and, in doing so, treats illegal and incomplete
characters as non-identical conversion cases. It also does not stop the
conversion even if it encounters a null byte from the input array.
@@ -229,4 +228,12 @@
iconvctl(3C), iconv.h(3HEAD), geniconvtbl(5), attributes(7), iconv_uni-
code(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 May 2011 iconvstr(3C)
+
+ Converting Codesets in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The iconvstr() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.0.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 iconvstr(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/iswalpha.3c 11.4.78/man3c/iswalpha.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/iswalpha.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.775434996 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/iswalpha.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.786064972 -0800
@@ -104,13 +104,21 @@
int iswxdigit_l(wint_t wc, locale_t locale);
DESCRIPTION
- These functions whose names don't end with _l test whether wc is a
- wide-character code representing a character of a particular class de-
- fined in the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
+ These functions test whether wc is a wide-character code representing a
+ character of a particular class defined in the LC_CTYPE category of a
+ certain locale.
+
+
+ Two versions of each function are provided, differing only in how the
+ locale to test is specified. The versions with a name ending with an _l
+ suffix require the caller to specify the locale, while the unsuffixed
+ versions use the current locale. The behavior of the suffixed versions
+ is undefined if the locale argument is the special locale object
+ LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE or is not a valid locale object handle.
In all cases, wc is a wint_t, the value of which must be a wide-charac-
- ter code corresponding to a valid character in the current locale or
+ ter code corresponding to a valid character in the target locale or
must equal the value of the macro WEOF. If the argument has any other
values, the behavior is undefined.
@@ -204,17 +212,6 @@
current locale.
-
- Functions whose name end with _l accept locale represented by second
- argument <locale>, and tests wc in the locale specified, instead of in
- the current locale. Except which locale the test is done in, same test
- is done as done by corresponding function whose name doesn't end with
- _l.
-
-
- The behavior is undefined if the <locale> argument is the special lo-
- cale object LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE or is not a valid locale object handle.
-
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -223,23 +220,83 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| CSI |Enabled |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Interface Stability |See below |
+ | Interface Stability |Committed |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | Standard |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| MT-Level |MT-Safe |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ Standard
+ See standards(7) for descriptions of the following standards:
+
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | INTERFACES | APPLICABLE STANDARDS |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | iswalnum(), iswalpha(), | C95 through C11, |
+ | iswcntrl(), iswdigit(), | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | iswgraph(), iswlower(), | SUS through SUSv4, |
+ | iswprint(), iswpunct(), | XPG4 through XPG7 |
+ | iswspace(), iswupper(), | |
+ | iswxdigit() | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | iswblank() | C99 through C11, |
+ | | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | | SUSv3 through SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG6 through XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | iswalnum_l(), | POSIX.1-2008, |
+ | iswalpha_l(), | SUSv4, |
+ | iswblank_l(), | XPG7 |
+ | iswcntrl_l(), | |
+ | iswdigit_l(), | |
+ | iswgraph_l(), | |
+ | iswlower_l(), | |
+ | iswprint_l(), | |
+ | iswpunct_l(), | |
+ | iswspace_l(), | |
+ | iswupper_l(), | |
+ | iswxdigit_l() | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | isenglish(), | None |
+ | isideogram(), | |
+ | isnumber(), | |
+ | isphonogram(), | |
+ | isspecial(), iswascii() | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
- The iswalpha(), iswalnum(), iswblank(), iswcntrl(), iswdigit(), isw-
- graph(), iswlower(), iswprint(), iswpunct(), iswspace(), iswupper(),
- and iswxdigit() iswalpha_l(), iswalnum_l(), iswblank_l(), iswcn-
- trl_l(), iswdigit_l(), iswgraph_l(), iswlower_l(), iswprint_l(), isw-
- punct_l(), iswspace_l(), iswupper_l(), and iswxdigit_l() functions are
- Standard.
SEE ALSO
- localedef(1), duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), newlocale(3C), setlo-
- cale(3C), stdio(3C), uselocale(3C), ascii(7), attributes(7), stan-
- dards(7)
+ localedef(1), duplocale(3C), iswctype(3C), freelocale(3C), newlo-
+ cale(3C), setlocale(3C), stdio(3C), uselocale(3C), ascii(7), attrib-
+ utes(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ Support for the following functions is available in Oracle Solaris
+ starting with the listed release:
+
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | FUNCTION |RELEASE |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | iswalnum_l(), iswalpha_l(), iswblank_l(), |11.4.0 |
+ | iswcntrl_l(), iswdigit_l(), iswgraph_l(), | |
+ | iswlower_l(), iswprint_l(), iswpunct_l(), | |
+ | iswspace_l(), iswupper_l(), iswxdigit_l() | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | iswblank() |10 3/05 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | isenglish(), isideogram(), isnumber(), |2.0 |
+ | isphonogram(), isspecial(), iswalnum(), | |
+ | iswalpha(), iswascii(), iswcntrl(), iswdigit(), | |
+ | iswgraph(), iswlower(), iswprint(), iswpunct(), | |
+ | iswspace(), iswupper(), iswxdigit() | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 21 Oct 2014 iswalpha(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 iswalpha(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/iswctype.3c 11.4.78/man3c/iswctype.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/iswctype.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.830735935 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/iswctype.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.818759983 -0800
@@ -18,17 +18,17 @@
character code wc has the character class charclass, returning TRUE or
FALSE. The iswctype() and iswctype_l() functions are defined on WEOF
and wide-character codes corresponding to the valid character encodings
- in the current locale, or in the locale represented by <locale>, re-
- spectively. If the wc argument is not in the domain of the function,
- the result is undefined. If the value of charclass is invalid (that is,
- not obtained by a call to wctype(3C) or charclass is invalidated by a
- subsequent call to setlocale(3C) that has affected category LC_CTYPE),
- the result is indeterminate.
+ in the current locale, or in the locale represented by locale, respec-
+ tively. If the wc argument is not in the domain of the function, the
+ result is undefined. If the value of charclass is invalid (that is, not
+ obtained by a call to wctype(3C) or charclass is invalidated by a sub-
+ sequent call to setlocale(3C) that has affected category LC_CTYPE), the
+ result is indeterminate.
- The behavior is undefined if the <locale> argument to iswctype_l() is
- the special locale object LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE or is not a valid locale ob-
- ject handle.
+ The behavior is undefined if the locale argument to iswctype_l() is the
+ special locale object LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE or is not a valid locale object
+ handle.
RETURN VALUES
The iswctype() and iswctype_l() functions return 0 for FALSE and non-
@@ -82,15 +82,48 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| CSI |Enabled |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Interface Stability |Standard |
+ | Interface Stability |Committed |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | Standard |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| MT-Level |MT-Safe |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ Standard
+ See standards(7) for descriptions of the following standards:
+
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | INTERFACES | APPLICABLE STANDARDS |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | iswctype() | C95 through C11, |
+ | | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | | SUS through SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG4 through XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | iswctype_l() | POSIX.1-2008, |
+ | | SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+
+
SEE ALSO
duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), iswalpha(3C), newlocale(3C), setlo-
- cale(3C), uselocale(3C), wctype(3C), attributes(7), environ(7), stan-
- dards(7)
+ cale(3C), uselocale(3C), wctype(3C), wctype_ja(3C), attributes(7), env-
+ iron(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The iswctype_l() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The iswctype() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 re-
+ lease.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 21 Oct 2014 iswctype(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 iswctype(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/locale_fallback.3c 11.4.78/man3c/locale_fallback.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/locale_fallback.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.864612097 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/locale_fallback.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.850492345 -0800
@@ -7,50 +7,48 @@
#include <locale.h>
char** locale_fallback(const char *locale,
- int (*check)(const char *loc,
- const char *lang,
- const char *terr,
- const char *cset,
- const char *mod,
- int type,
+ int (*check)(const char *loc, const char *lang,
+ const char *terr, const char *cset,
+ const char *mod, int type,
void *data),
void* data);
DESCRIPTION
The locale_fallback() function returns list of possible fallback lo-
- cales based on the *locale* locale name. If *locale* is NULL, current
+ cales based on the locale locale name. If locale is NULL, the current
locale of the program is used.
- The *check* argument is the name of the validation function, which is
+ The check argument is the name of the validation function, which is
called with arguments that describe a possible fallback locale name. If
- the function returns 0, the name is not included in return list. If the
- function returns -1, the locale_fallback() function finishes immedi-
- ately and returns NULL. If *check* is NULL, then all possible fallback
+ the function returns 0, the name is not included in the return list. If
+ the function returns -1, the locale_fallback() function finishes imme-
+ diately and returns NULL. If check is NULL, then all possible fallback
locales are in the return list.
- The *data* is passed to the check() function.
+ The data is passed to the check function.
- If the value of *type* is LCF_CANNONICAL_LOCALE, it means the locale
- name is a canonical locale.
+ If the value of type is LCF_CANNONICAL_LOCALE, it means the locale name
+ is a canonical locale.
- If the value of *type* is LCF_ALIAS_LOCALE, it means the locale name is
- a locale alias.
+ If the value of type is LCF_ALIAS_LOCALE, it means the locale name is a
+ locale alias.
- If the value of *type* is LCF_OBSOLETE_LOCALE, it means the locale name
+ If the value of type is LCF_OBSOLETE_LOCALE, it means the locale name
is an obsolete locale name.
RETURN VALUES
- Upon successful completion, the locale_fallback() function returns NULL
- terminated list of possible fallback locales. The list contains unique
- values in descending order by priority, which explains that, the first
- item is the most similar fallback locale. It returns NULL and sets er-
- rno to indicate the error, or the check() function is provided and the
- function returns -1 on some locale.
+ Upon successful completion, the locale_fallback() function returns a
+ null terminated list of possible fallback locales. The list contains
+ unique values in descending order by priority, so the first item is the
+ most similar fallback locale. On error, it returns NULL and sets errno
+ to indicate the error. If the check() function is provided and that
+ function returns -1 on some locale, then locale_fallback() returns
+ NULL.
The list items and the list itself needs to be deallocated by using the
@@ -130,13 +125,17 @@
free(empty_list);
+ Example 3 Get list of fallback locales of message object
- Example 3 Get list of fallback locales of message object 'myprg.mo'
- with current gettext fallback rules
+ This code gets the list of fallback locales of the message object
+ 'myprg.mo' with current gettext fallback rules.
- int checkfn(const char *loc, const char *lang, const char *terr, const char *cset, const char *mod, int type, void *data)
+
+
+ int checkfn(const char *loc, const char *lang, const char *terr,
+ const char *cset, const char *mod, int type, void *data)
{
char *fn;
struct stat st;
@@ -167,7 +166,8 @@
int i;
/* get the list of locale fallbacks */
- list = locale_fallback(NULL, checkfn, "/usr/share/locale/%s/LC_MESSAGES/myprg.mo");
+ list = locale_fallback(NULL, checkfn,
+ "/usr/share/locale/%s/LC_MESSAGES/myprg.mo");
if (list != NULL) {
@@ -195,4 +194,16 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Apr 2016 locale_fallback(3C)
+SEE ALSO
+ locale(1), localelist(3C), newlocale(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7),
+ environ(7), locale(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ Managing System Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applica-
+ tions in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The locale_fallback() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle So-
+ laris 11.0.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 locale_fallback(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/localeconv.3c 11.4.78/man3c/localeconv.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/localeconv.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.914391455 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/localeconv.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.888505686 -0800
@@ -349,7 +347,7 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |MT-Safe with exceptions |
+ | MT-Level |See below. |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Standard |See standards(7). |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
@@ -357,16 +355,24 @@
The localeconv() function can be used safely in multithreaded applica-
- tions in Solaris implementation. Portable applications, however, must
- be aware of a fact that in other platforms and older versions of So-
- laris, the returned pointer, and pointers within the structure, might
- be invalidated or the structure or the storage areas might be overwrit-
- ten by a subsequent call to localeconv() and, in addition, the returned
- pointer, and pointers within the structure, might be invalidated or the
- structure or the storage areas might be overwritten by subsequent calls
- to setlocale().
+ tions without restriction on Oracle Solaris 11.4.0 and later. Portable
+ applications, however, must be aware of that in other platforms and
+ older versions of Solaris, the returned pointer, and pointers within
+ the structure, might be invalidated or the structure or the storage ar-
+ eas might be overwritten by a subsequent call to localeconv() and, in
+ addition, the returned pointer, and pointers within the structure,
+ might be invalidated or the structure or the storage areas might be
+ overwritten by subsequent calls to setlocale().
SEE ALSO
setlocale(3C), attributes(7), environ(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Oct 2014 localeconv(3C)
+
+ Managing System Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applica-
+ tions in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The localeconv() function has been included in all Sun and Oracle re-
+ leases of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 localeconv(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/localelist.3c 11.4.78/man3c/localelist.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/localelist.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.957245719 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/localelist.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.921390343 -0800
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
When there is no memory that can be allocated, the localelist() func-
tion deallocates any memory blocks so far allocated in the list and in-
- stead sets NULL to the corresponding addresses, as needed, before re-
+ stead sets the corresponding pointers to NULL, as needed, before re-
turning -1 and setting errno to ENOMEM.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
- The following values can be bitwise-inclusive-OR combined and requested
+ The following values can be bitwise-inclusive-OR combined and provided
to the function via flag argument:
LCLIST_QUERY
@@ -100,9 +100,9 @@
RETURN VALUES
Upon successful completion, the localelist() function returns the num-
- ber of locales in the list. Otherwise, the localelist() returns -1 and
- sets an errno to indicate the error. The localelistfree() neither re-
- turns a specific value nor sets an errno.
+ ber of locales in the list. Otherwise, the localelist() function re-
+ turns -1 and sets errno to indicate the error. The localelistfree()
+ function neither returns a specific value nor sets errno.
ERRORS
The localelist() function will fail if:
@@ -111,7 +111,11 @@
EXAMPLES
- Example 1 Query and print installed locales.
+ Example 1 Query and print installed locales
+
+
+
+ This example shows how to query and print installed locales.
#include <locale.h>
@@ -133,10 +137,13 @@
- Example 2 Query and print installed locales including locales that do
- not have
- locale shared object but LC_MESSAGES
- directory.
+ Example 2 Query installed locales with LC_MESSAGES directories
+
+
+
+ This example shows how to query and print installed locales including
+ locales that do not have a locale shared object but do have a LC_MES-
+ SAGES directory.
#include <locale.h>
@@ -157,9 +164,12 @@
localelistfree(lclp);
+ Example 3 Query installed locales excluding symbolic links
+
- Example 3 Query and print installed locales but exclude any locales
- that are symbolic links to other locales.
+
+ This example shows how to query and print installed locales, but ex-
+ cludes any locales that are symbolic links to other locales.
#include <locale.h>
@@ -180,8 +190,12 @@
localelistfree(lclp);
+ Example 4 Query installed locales with locale validations
+
- Example 4 Query and print installed locales with locale validations.
+
+ This example shows how to query and print installed locales, with vali-
+ dation that the locales found are usable.
#include <locale.h>
@@ -220,7 +233,15 @@
SEE ALSO
- locale(1), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), environ(7), locale(7), stan-
- dards(7)
+ locale(1), locale_fallback(3C), newlocale(3C), setlocale(3C), attrib-
+ utes(7), environ(7), locale(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ Managing System Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applica-
+ tions in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The localelist() and localelistfree() functions were introduced in the
+ Oracle Solaris 11.0.0 release.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 May 2016 localelist(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 localelist(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/mblen.3c 11.4.78/man3c/mblen.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/mblen.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:58.985185160 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/mblen.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.953287008 -0800
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
current locale.
RETURN VALUES
- If s is a null pointer, mblen() returns 0. It s is not a null pointer,
+ If s is a null pointer, mblen() returns 0. If s is not a null pointer,
mblen() returns 0 (if s points to the null byte), the number of bytes
that constitute the character (if the next n or fewer bytes form a
valid character), or -1 (if they do not form a valid character) and may
@@ -49,7 +49,15 @@
SEE ALSO
- wctomb(3C), mbstowcs(3C), mbtowc(3C), setlocale(3C), wcstombs(3C), at-
+ mbstowcs(3C), mbtowc(3C), setlocale(3C), wcstombs(3C), wctomb(3C), at-
tributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Oct 2014 mblen(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The mblen() function has been included in all Sun and Oracle releases
+ of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 mblen(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/mbrlen.3c 11.4.78/man3c/mbrlen.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/mbrlen.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.024391323 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/mbrlen.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:20.985969618 -0800
@@ -72,21 +72,28 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |See NOTES below |
+ | MT-Level |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Standard |See standards(7). |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
-SEE ALSO
- mbrtowc(3C), mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), environ(7),
- standards(7)
-
-NOTES
+ MT-Level
If ps is not a null pointer, mbrlen() uses the mbstate_t object pointed
to by ps and the function can be used safely in multithreaded applica-
tions, as long as setlocale(3C) is not being called to change the lo-
cale. If ps is a null pointer, mbrlen() uses its internal mbstate_t ob-
ject and the function is Unsafe in multithreaded applications.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Nov 2003 mbrlen(3C)
+SEE ALSO
+ mbrtowc(3C), mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), environ(7),
+ standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The mbrlen() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 mbrlen(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/mbrtoc16.3c 11.4.78/man3c/mbrtoc16.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/mbrtoc16.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.054268742 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/mbrtoc16.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.021438186 -0800
@@ -5,19 +5,11 @@
SYNOPSIS
#include <uchar.h>
- size_t mbrtoc16(char16_t * restrict pc16, const char * restrict s, size_t n, mbstate_t *restrict ps);
-
-DESCRIPTION
- If s is a null pointer, the mbrtoc16() function is equivalent to the
- call:
-
- mbrtoc16(NULL, "", 1, ps)
-
-
-
- In this case, the values of the parameters pc16 and n are ignored.
+ size_t mbrtoc16(char16_t * restrict pc16, const char * restrict s,
+ size_t n, mbstate_t *restrict ps);
+DESCRIPTION
If s is not a null pointer, the mbrtoc16() function inspects at most n
bytes beginning with the byte pointed to by s to determine the number
of bytes needed to complete the next multibyte character (including any
@@ -31,44 +23,48 @@
character, the resulting state described is the initial conversion
state.
+
+ If s is a null pointer, the mbrtoc16() function is equivalent to
+ mbrtoc16(NULL, "", 1, ps) and the values of the parameters pc16 and n
+ are ignored.
+
RETURN VALUES
The mbrtoc16() function returns the first of the following that applies
(given the current conversion state):
+ 0
+
+ if the next n or fewer bytes complete the multibyte character that
+ corresponds to the null wide character (which is the value stored).
- 0 if the next n or fewer bytes complete the
- multibyte character that corresponds to
- the null wide character (which is the
- value stored).
+ Between 1 and n inclusive
- between 1 and n inclusive if the next n or fewer bytes complete a
- valid multibyte character (which is the
- value stored); the value returned is the
- number of bytes that complete the multi-
- byte character.
+ if the next n or fewer bytes complete a valid multibyte character
+ (which is the value stored); the value returned is the number of
+ bytes that complete the multibyte character.
- (size_t)(-3) if the next character resulting from a
- previous call has been stored (no bytes
- from the input have been consumed by this
- call).
+ (size_t)(-3)
+ if the next character resulting from a previous call has been
+ stored (no bytes from the input have been consumed by this call).
- (size_t)(-2) if the next n bytes contribute to an in-
- complete (but potentially valid) multibyte
- character, and all n bytes have been
- processed (no value is stored).
+ (size_t)(-2)
- (size_t)(-1) if an encoding error occurs, in which case
- the next n or fewer bytes do not con-
- tribute to a complete and valid multibyte
- character (no value is stored); the value
- of the macro EILSEQ is stored in errno,
- and the conversion state is unspecified.
+ if the next n bytes contribute to an incomplete (but potentially
+ valid) multibyte character, and all n bytes have been processed (no
+ value is stored).
+ (size_t)(-1)
+
+ if an encoding error occurs, in which case the next n or fewer
+ bytes do not contribute to a complete and valid multibyte character
+ (no value is stored); the value of the macro EILSEQ is stored in
+ errno, and the conversion state is unspecified.
+
ERRORS
The mbrtoc16() function will fail if:
@@ -98,20 +90,28 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |See NOTES below |
+ | MT-Level |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Standard |See standards(7). |
+ | Standard |C11 |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
-SEE ALSO
- mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-
-NOTES
+ MT-Level
If ps is not a null pointer, the function uses the mbstate_t object
pointed to by ps and the function can be used safely in multithreaded
applications. If ps is a null pointer, the function uses its internal
mbstate_t object and the function is Unsafe in multithreaded applica-
tions.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Dec 2017 mbrtoc16(3C)
+SEE ALSO
+ mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The mbrtoc16() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 mbrtoc16(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/mbrtoc32.3c 11.4.78/man3c/mbrtoc32.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/mbrtoc32.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.094142234 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/mbrtoc32.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.053017528 -0800
@@ -5,19 +5,11 @@
SYNOPSIS
#include <uchar.h>
- size_t mbrtoc32(char32_t * restrict pc32, const char * restrict s, size_t n, mbstate_t *restrict ps);
-
-DESCRIPTION
- If s is a null pointer, the mbrtoc32() function is equivalent to the
- call:
-
- mbrtoc32(NULL, "", 1, ps)
-
-
-
- In this case, the values of the parameters pc32 and n are ignored.
+ size_t mbrtoc32(char32_t * restrict pc32, const char * restrict s,
+ size_t n, mbstate_t *restrict ps);
+DESCRIPTION
If s is not a null pointer, the mbrtoc32() function inspects at most n
bytes beginning with the byte pointed to by s to determine the number
of bytes needed to complete the next multibyte character (including any
@@ -31,44 +23,48 @@
character, the resulting state described is the initial conversion
state.
+
+ If s is a null pointer, the mbrtoc32() function is equivalent to
+ mbrtoc32(NULL, "", 1, ps) and the values of the parameters pc32 and n
+ are ignored.
+
RETURN VALUES
The mbrtoc32() function returns the first of the following that applies
(given the current conversion state):
+ 0
+
+ if the next n or fewer bytes complete the multibyte character that
+ corresponds to the null wide character (which is the value stored).
- 0 if the next n or fewer bytes complete the
- multibyte character that corresponds to
- the null wide character (which is the
- value stored).
+ Between 1 and n inclusive
- between 1 and n inclusive if the next n or fewer bytes complete a
- valid multibyte character (which is the
- value stored); the value returned is the
- number of bytes that complete the multi-
- byte character.
+ if the next n or fewer bytes complete a valid multibyte character
+ (which is the value stored); the value returned is the number of
+ bytes that complete the multibyte character.
- (size_t)(-3) if the next character resulting from a
- previous call has been stored (no bytes
- from the input have been consumed by this
- call).
+ (size_t)(-3)
+ if the next character resulting from a previous call has been
+ stored (no bytes from the input have been consumed by this call).
- (size_t)(-2) if the next n bytes contribute to an in-
- complete (but potentially valid) multibyte
- character, and all n bytes have been
- processed (no value is stored).
+ (size_t)(-2)
- (size_t)(-1) if an encoding error occurs, in which case
- the next n or fewer bytes do not con-
- tribute to a complete and valid multibyte
- character (no value is stored); the value
- of the macro EILSEQ is stored in errno,
- and the conversion state is unspecified.
+ if the next n bytes contribute to an incomplete (but potentially
+ valid) multibyte character, and all n bytes have been processed (no
+ value is stored).
+ (size_t)(-1)
+
+ if an encoding error occurs, in which case the next n or fewer
+ bytes do not contribute to a complete and valid multibyte character
+ (no value is stored); the value of the macro EILSEQ is stored in
+ errno, and the conversion state is unspecified.
+
ERRORS
The mbrtoc32() function will fail if:
@@ -98,20 +90,28 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |See NOTES below |
+ | MT-Level |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Standard |See standards(7). |
+ | Standard |C11 |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
-SEE ALSO
- mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-
-NOTES
+ MT-Level
If ps is not a null pointer, the function uses the mbstate_t object
pointed to by ps and the function can be used safely in multithreaded
applications. If ps is a null pointer, the function uses its internal
mbstate_t object and the function is Unsafe in multithreaded applica-
tions.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Dec 2017 mbrtoc32(3C)
+SEE ALSO
+ mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The mbrtoc32() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 mbrtoc32(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/mbrtowc.3c 11.4.78/man3c/mbrtowc.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/mbrtowc.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.135066259 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/mbrtowc.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.089713282 -0800
@@ -10,16 +10,6 @@
mbstate_t *restrict ps);
DESCRIPTION
- If s is a null pointer, the mbrtowc() function is equivalent to the
- call:
-
- mbrtowc(NULL, "", 1, ps)
-
-
-
- In this case, the values of the arguments pwc and n are ignored.
-
-
If s is not a null pointer, the mbrtowc() function inspects at most n
bytes beginning at the byte pointed to by s to determine the number of
bytes needed to complete the next character (including any shift se-
@@ -31,6 +21,11 @@
state.
+ If s is a null pointer, the mbrtowc() function is equivalent to
+ mbrtowc(NULL, "", 1, ps); and the values of the arguments pwc and n are
+ ignored.
+
+
If ps is a null pointer, the mbrtowc() function uses its own internal
mbstate_t object, which is initialized at program startup to the ini-
tial conversion state. Otherwise, the mbstate_t object pointed to by ps
@@ -89,16 +84,13 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |See NOTES below |
+ | MT-Level |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Standard |See standards(7). |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
-SEE ALSO
- mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), environ(7), standards(7)
-
-NOTES
+ MT-Level
If ps is not a null pointer, mbrtowc() uses the mbstate_t object
pointed to by ps and the function can be used safely in multithreaded
applications, as long as setlocale(3C) is not being called to change
@@ -106,4 +98,14 @@
state_t object and the function is Unsafe in multithreaded applica-
tions.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Nov 2003 mbrtowc(3C)
+SEE ALSO
+ mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), environ(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The mbrtowc() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 mbrtowc(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/mbsinit.3c 11.4.78/man3c/mbsinit.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/mbsinit.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.163813599 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/mbsinit.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.118984348 -0800
@@ -59,4 +59,11 @@
wcrtomb(3C), mbrlen(3C), mbrtowc(3C), mbsrtowcs(3C), setlocale(3C), wc-
srtombs(3C), attributes(7), environ(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Oct 2014 mbsinit(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The mbsinit() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 mbsinit(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/mbsrtowcs.3c 11.4.78/man3c/mbsrtowcs.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/mbsrtowcs.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.207891938 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/mbsrtowcs.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.149348962 -0800
@@ -1,10 +1,8 @@
mbsrtowcs(3C) Standard C Library Functions mbsrtowcs(3C)
NAME
- mbsrtowcs, mbsnrtowcs - convert a character string to a wide-character
- string (restartable)
- mbsrtowcs_s - wide-character string operations with additional safety
- checks
+ mbsrtowcs, mbsnrtowcs, mbsrtowcs_s - convert a character string to a
+ wide-character string (restartable)
SYNOPSIS
#include <wchar.h>
@@ -80,8 +78,8 @@
RETURN VALUES
If the input conversion encounters a sequence of bytes that do not form
a valid character, an encoding error occurs. In this case, these func-
- tions store the value of the macro EILSEQ in errno and returns
- (size_t)-1; the conversion state is undefined. Otherwise, it returns
+ tions store the value of the macro EILSEQ in errno and return
+ (size_t) -1; the conversion state is undefined. Otherwise, they return
the number of characters successfully converted, not including the ter-
minating null (if any).
@@ -125,17 +121,13 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |See NOTES below |
+ | MT-Level |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Standard |See standards(7). |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
-SEE ALSO
- mbrtowc(3C), mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), environ(7),
- standards(7)
-
-NOTES
+ MT-Level
If ps is not a null pointer, mbsrtowcs() and mbsnrtowcs() use the xmb-
state_t object pointed to by ps and the functions can be used safely in
multithreaded applications. If ps is a null pointer, mbsrtowcs() and
@@ -143,12 +135,24 @@
Unsafe in multithreaded applications.
- The mbsrtowcs() function can be used safely in multithreaded applica-
- tions.
-
-
The mbsrtowcs_s() function cannot be used safely in a multithreaded ap-
plication due to the runtime constraint handler. For more information,
see the runtime_constraint_handler(3C) man page.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Jun 2018 mbsrtowcs(3C)
+SEE ALSO
+ mbrtowc(3C), mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), environ(7),
+ standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The mbsrtowcs_s() and mbsnrtowcs() functions were added to Oracle So-
+ laris in the Solaris 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The mbsrtowcs() function was added to Oracle Solaris in the Solaris 7
+ release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 mbsrtowcs(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/mbstowcs.3c 11.4.78/man3c/mbstowcs.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/mbstowcs.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.240088453 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/mbstowcs.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.178180889 -0800
@@ -1,9 +1,8 @@
mbstowcs(3C) Standard C Library Functions mbstowcs(3C)
NAME
- mbstowcs - convert a character string to a wide-character string
- mbstowcs_s - convert a character string to a wide-character string with
- additional safety checks
+ mbstowcs, mbstowcs_s - convert a character string to a wide-character
+ string
SYNOPSIS
#include <stdlib.h>
@@ -105,4 +102,16 @@
utes(7), standards(7), wcstombs_s(3C), wctomb_s(3C), runtime_con-
straint_handler(3C)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Jun 2018 mbstowcs(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The mbstowcs_s() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The mbstowcs() function has been included in all Sun and Oracle re-
+ leases of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 mbstowcs(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/mbtowc.3c 11.4.78/man3c/mbtowc.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/mbtowc.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.268624193 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/mbtowc.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.209578111 -0800
@@ -60,4 +60,12 @@
wctomb(3C), mblen(3C), mbstowcs(3C), setlocale(3C), wcstombs(3C), at-
tributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Oct 2014 mbtowc(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The mbtowc() function has been included in all Sun and Oracle releases
+ of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 mbtowc(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/newlocale.3c 11.4.78/man3c/newlocale.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/newlocale.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.298166848 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/newlocale.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.249127231 -0800
@@ -71,17 +70,16 @@
ERRORS
The newlocale() function will fail if:
-
- [ENOMEM] There is not enough memory available to create the locale
- object or load the locale data.
+ ENOMEM There is not enough memory available to create the locale ob-
+ ject or load the locale data.
- [EINVAL] The category_mask contains a bit that does not correspond
- to a valid category or the locale argument is not a valid
- string pointer.
+ EINVAL The category_mask contains a bit that does not correspond to
+ a valid category or the locale argument is not a valid string
+ pointer.
- [ENOENT] For any of the categories in category_mask, the locale data
+ ENOENT For any of the categories in category_mask, the locale data
is not available.
@@ -113,4 +110,12 @@
duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), uselocale(3C), attributes(7), stan-
dards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 newlocale(3C)
+
+ Managing System Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applica-
+ tions in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The newlocale() function was added to Oracle Solaris in the Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 newlocale(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/nl_langinfo.3c 11.4.78/man3c/nl_langinfo.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/nl_langinfo.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.326108946 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/nl_langinfo.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.293988187 -0800
@@ -18,14 +18,13 @@
cale represented by locale, respectively. The manifest constant names
and values of item are defined by <langinfo.h>. For example:
-
nl_langinfo (ABDAY_1);
- would return a pointer to the string "dim" if the identified language
- was Portuguese and Portuguese locale was correctly installed; or "Sun"
- if the identified language was English.
+ would return a pointer to the string "dim" if the identified language
+ was Portuguese and the Portuguese locale was correctly installed; or
+ "Sun" if the identified language was English.
nl_langinfo_l(ABDAY_1, loc);
@@ -30,10 +29,11 @@
nl_langinfo_l(ABDAY_1, loc);
+
would return a pointer to the string "dim" if the identified language
- of the locale represented by loc was Portuguese and Portuguese locale
- was correctly installed; or "Sun" if the identified language of the lo-
- cale represented by loc was English.
+ of the locale represented by loc was Portuguese and the Portuguese lo-
+ cale was correctly installed; or "Sun" if the identified language of
+ the locale represented by loc was English.
The behavior is undefined if the locale argument to nl_langinfo_l() is
@@ -47,11 +47,6 @@
string in the C locale. In all locales, nl_langinfo() returns a pointer
to an empty string if item contains an invalid setting.
-USAGE
- The nl_langinfo() function can be used safely in multithreaded applica-
- tions, as long as setlocale(3C) is not being called to change the lo-
- cale.
-
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -62,19 +57,39 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |MT-Safe |
+ | MT-Level |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Standard |See standards(7). |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+
+ The nl_langinfo() function can be used safely in multithreaded applica-
+ tions, as long as setlocale(3C) is not being called to change the lo-
+ cale.
+
+
+ The nl_langinfo_l() function is MT-Safe.
+
SEE ALSO
duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), newlocale(3C), setlocale(3C), uselo-
cale(3C), langinfo.h(3HEAD), nl_types.h(3HEAD), attributes(7), stan-
dards(7)
+
+ Managing System Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applica-
+ tions in Oracle Solaris
+
WARNINGS
The array pointed to by the return value should not be modified by the
program.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Oct 2014 nl_langinfo(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The nl_langinfo_l() function was added to Oracle Solaris in the Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The nl_langinfo() function has been included in all Sun and Oracle re-
+ leases of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 nl_langinfo(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/putws.3c 11.4.78/man3c/putws.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/putws.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.354311070 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/putws.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.323314890 -0800
@@ -34,4 +34,13 @@
ferror(3C), fopen(3C), fread(3C), getws(3C), printf(3C), putwc(3C), at-
tributes(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 putws(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The putws() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.0 release.
+ In Solaris 2.0 through 2.5, it was located in the libw library. In So-
+ laris 2.6 and later, it is located in libc.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 putws(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/setcat.3c 11.4.78/man3c/setcat.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/setcat.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.383336141 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/setcat.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.352784077 -0800
@@ -46,6 +46,16 @@
gettxt(":10", "hello world\n")
+USAGE
+ The gettxt() APIs defined by the SVID standard are provided to support
+ historical use, and to support software requiring strict compliance
+ with older standards. Otherwise, the use of the more modern and widely
+ supported gettext() APIs and tools is recommended.
+
+
+ The textdomain(3C) function is the gettext replacement for the setcat()
+ function.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -60,4 +70,4 @@
gettxt(3C), lfmt(3C), pfmt(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), envi-
ron(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Dec 1996 setcat(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 setcat(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/setlocale.3c 11.4.78/man3c/setlocale.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/setlocale.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.415269142 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/setlocale.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.386261537 -0800
@@ -150,6 +150,10 @@
cale(3C), wctomb(3C), libc(3LIB), attributes(7), environ(7), locale(7),
locale_alias(7), standards(7)
+
+ Managing System Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applica-
+ tions in Oracle Solaris
+
NOTES
It is unsafe for any thread to change global locale (by calling setlo-
cale() with a non-null locale argument) in a multithreaded application
@@ -184,4 +188,8 @@
the setlocale() will fail. The accepted and supported locale name
aliases are shown in locale_alias(7).
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 9 Jul 2018 setlocale(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The setlocale() function has been included in all Sun and Oracle re-
+ leases of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 setlocale(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/strfmon.3c 11.4.78/man3c/strfmon.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/strfmon.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.472311531 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/strfmon.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.432832078 -0800
@@ -265,4 +265,15 @@
duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), localeconv(3C), newlocale(3C), setlo-
cale(3C), uselocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 Sep 2014 strfmon(3C)
+
+ Managing System Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applica-
+ tions in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The strfmon_l() function was added to Oracle Solaris in the Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The strfmon() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 strfmon(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/strftime.3c 11.4.78/man3c/strftime.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/strftime.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.513384487 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/strftime.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.478351467 -0800
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
are placed into the array.
- If format is (char *)0, then the locale's default format is used. For
- strftime() the default format is the same as %c; for cftime() and ascf-
+ If format is NULL, then the locale's default format is used. For strf-
+ time() the default format is the same as %c; for cftime() and ascf-
time() the default format is the same as %C. cftime() and ascftime()
first try to use the value of the environment variable CFTIME, and if
that is undefined or empty, the default format is used.
@@ -381,7 +366,7 @@
u Weekday as a decimal number [1,7], with 1 representing Monday. See
- NOTES below.
+ HISTORY below.
U Week number of year as a decimal number [00,53]. The first Sunday
@@ -394,7 +379,7 @@
year is the week that includes both January 4th and the first
Thursday of the year. If the first Monday of January is the 2nd,
3rd, or 4th, the preceding days are part of the last week of the
- preceding year. See NOTES below.
+ preceding year. See HISTORY below.
w Weekday as a decimal number [0,6], with 0 representing Sunday.
@@ -603,10 +585,8 @@
strftime(str, strsize, "%c", now)
-
- o en_US: "January 13, 2022 at 1:38:49 PM GMT"
-
- o en_GB: "13 January 2022 at 13:38:49 GMT"
+ en_US: "January 13, 2022 at 1:38:49 PM GMT"
+ en_GB: "13 January 2022 at 13:38:49 GMT"
Example 3 Using flag and field width at conversion specification.
@@ -626,6 +606,12 @@
uppercase while preserving the initial title case character and with
four space (0x20) characters padded at left.
+USAGE
+ Use of the strftime() or strftime_l() functions is strongly recommended
+ over the older ascftime() or cftime() functions, as the older functions
+ cannot check if more data is being written than will fit in the output
+ buffer, and the use of the CFTIME environment variable may lead to un-
+ expected or overlength output being generated.
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -651,42 +637,46 @@
cale(3C), setlocale(3C), strptime(3C), tzset(3C), uselocale(3C), zone-
info(5), attributes(7), environ(7), standards(7)
-NOTES
- The conversion specification for %V was changed in the Solaris 7 re-
- lease. This change was based on the public review draft of the ISO C9x
- standard at that time. Previously, the specification stated that if the
- week containing 1 January had fewer than four days in the new year, it
- became week 53 of the previous year. The ISO C9x standard committee
- subsequently recognized that that specification had been incorrect.
+ Managing System Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applica-
+ tions in Oracle Solaris
- The conversion specifications for %g, %G, %Eg, %EG, and %Og were added
- in the Solaris 7 release. This change was based on the public review
- draft of the ISO C9x standard at that time. These specifications are
- evolving. If the ISO C9x standard is finalized with a different conclu-
- sion, these specifications will change to conform to the ISO C9x stan-
- dard decision.
+HISTORY
+ The strftime_l() function was added to Oracle Solaris in the Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
- The conversion specification for %u was changed in the Solaris 8 re-
- lease. This change was based on the XPG4 specification.
+ The ascftime(), cftime(), and strftime() functions have been included
+ in all Sun and Oracle releases of Solaris.
- If using the %Z specifier and zoneinfo time zones and if the input date
- is outside the range 20:45:52 UTC, December 13, 1901 to 03:14:07 UTC,
- January 19, 2038, the time zone name may not be correct.
+ The conversion specifications for %C, %F, %G, and %Y were modified, and
+ optional flag character '+' was added in Oracle Solaris 11.4, to con-
+ form to Single UNIX Specifications version 4 (SUSv4) or The Open Group
+ Base Specifications Issue 7 (XPG7).
The conversion specifications for %+, %P, %s, %OB, and %OV and also op-
tional flag characters and optional field width were added in the So-
laris 11 and OpenSolaris releases for a better compatibility with other
operating systems. The current form of %OV is also specified in the
- Single UNIX Specification, Version 2.
+ Single UNIX Specification, Version 2 (SUSv2).
+
+
+ The conversion specification for %u was changed in the Solaris 8 re-
+ lease. This change was based on the XPG4 specification.
+
+
+ The conversion specification for %V was changed in the Solaris 7 re-
+ lease. This change was based on the public review draft of the ISO C99
+ standard at that time. Previously, the specification stated that if the
+ week containing 1 January had fewer than four days in the new year, it
+ became week 53 of the previous year. The ISO C99 standard committee
+ subsequently recognized that that specification had been incorrect.
- The conversion specifications for %C, %F, %G, and %Y are modified, and
- optional flag character '+' is added in Oracle Solaris 11.4, to conform
- to Single UNIX Specifications version 4 (SUSv4) or The Open Group Base
- Specifications Issue 7 (XPG7).
+ The conversion specifications for %g, %G, %Eg, %EG, and %Og were added
+ in the Solaris 7 release. This change was based on the public review
+ draft of the ISO C99 standard at that time.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Jan 2022 strftime(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 strftime(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/strptime.3c 11.4.78/man3c/strptime.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/strptime.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.551465988 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/strptime.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.517713114 -0800
@@ -486,4 +478,12 @@
time(3C), newlocale(3C), setlocale(3C), strftime(3C), uselocale(3C),
attributes(7), environ(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 strptime(3C)
+
+ Managing System Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applica-
+ tions in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The strptime() function has been included in all Sun and Oracle re-
+ leases of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 strptime(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/strtows.3c 11.4.78/man3c/strtows.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/strtows.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.578273722 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/strtows.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.545109894 -0800
@@ -37,4 +37,8 @@
SEE ALSO
wstring(3C)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 20 Dec 1996 strtows(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The strtows() and wstostr() functions were added to Solaris in the So-
+ laris 2.4 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 strtows(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/sysconf.3c 11.4.78/man3c/sysconf.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/sysconf.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.616520016 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/sysconf.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.606116972 -0800
@@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
binding)
_SC_ADI_METADATA_MAX Returns maximum amount
of metadata in bytes
- used by each ADI page.
- which may be written to
- backing store.
+ used by each ADI page
+ which may be written
+ to backing store.
_SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX AIO_LISTIO_MAX Max number of I/O
operations in a
single list I/O call
@@ -110,8 +110,8 @@
definition file
_SC_CPUID_MAX Max possible
processor ID
- _SC_CPUID_SEQ_MAX Max processor ID allocated
- since boot
+ _SC_CPUID_SEQ_MAX Max processor ID
+ allocated since boot
_SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX DELAYTIMER_MAX Max number of timer
expiration overruns
_SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX EXPR_NEST_MAX Max number of
@@ -540,8 +540,137 @@
zone is bound.
- The sysconf() (_SC_ADI_METADATA_MAX) returns zero if the platform does
- not support ADI, or if the implementation does not require metadata
- when writing pages to the backing store.
+ The sysconf(_SC_ADI_METADATA_MAX) call returns zero if the platform
+ does not support ADI, or if the implementation does not require meta-
+ data when writing pages to the backing store.
+
+HISTORY
+ The sysconf() function has been included in all Sun and Oracle releases
+ of Solaris.
+
+
+ Support for the following variable names is available since the listed
+ Solaris release:
+
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | VARIABLE | RELEASE |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_SUNW_FEATURE_INSTALLER |11.4.78 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_SUNW_FEATURE_AK |11.4.57 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_CPUID_SEQ_MAX |11.4.18 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_DEVT_VERSION, _SC_MC_VERSION, |11.4.0 |
+ | _SC_MEMTYPE_VERSION, _SC_RCTL_VAL_MAX_NUM, | |
+ | _SC_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_INHERIT, | |
+ | _SC_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_PROTECT, | |
+ | _SC_V7_ILP32_OFF32, _SC_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG, | |
+ | _SC_V7_LP64_OFF64, _SC_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG, | |
+ | _SC_XOPEN_UUCP | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_ADI_METADATA_MAX |11.3.11 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_L2CACHE_ASSOC, _SC_L2CACHE_LINESZ, |11.3.9 |
+ | _SC_L2CACHE_SZ, _SC_L3CACHE_ASSOC, | |
+ | _SC_L3CACHE_LINESZ, _SC_L3CACHE_SZ, | |
+ | _SC_MAX_CONCURRENCY | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_AIO_VERSION |11.3.5 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_MRP_VERSION, _SC_OSM_VERSION |11.3.0 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_XOPEN_ARMOR |11.2.0 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_EPHID_MAX |11.0.0 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_OSM_PAGESIZE_MIN |10 8/11 (U10) |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_2_PBS, _SC_2_PBS_ACCOUNTING, |10 3/05 |
+ | _SC_2_PBS_CHECKPOINT, _SC_2_PBS_LOCATE, | |
+ | _SC_2_PBS_MESSAGE, _SC_2_PBS_TRACK, | |
+ | _SC_ADVISORY_INFO, _SC_BARRIERS, | |
+ | _SC_CLOCK_SELECTION, _SC_CPUTIME, | |
+ | _SC_HOST_NAME_MAX, _SC_IPV6, | |
+ | _SC_MONOTONIC_CLOCK, _SC_RAW_SOCKETS, | |
+ | _SC_READER_WRITER_LOCKS, _SC_REGEXP, _SC_SHELL, | |
+ | _SC_SPAWN, _SC_SPIN_LOCKS, _SC_SPORADIC_SERVER, | |
+ | _SC_SS_REPL_MAX, _SC_SYMLOOP_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_THREAD_CPUTIME, _SC_THREAD_SPORADIC_SERVER, | |
+ | _SC_TIMEOUTS, _SC_TRACE, | |
+ | _SC_TRACE_EVENT_FILTER, | |
+ | _SC_TRACE_EVENT_NAME_MAX, _SC_TRACE_INHERIT, | |
+ | _SC_TRACE_LOG, _SC_TRACE_NAME_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_TRACE_SYS_MAX, _SC_TRACE_USER_EVENT_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS, _SC_V6_ILP32_OFF32, | |
+ | _SC_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG, _SC_V6_LP64_OFF64, | |
+ | _SC_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG, _SC_XOPEN_STREAMS | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_CPUID_MAX, _SC_NPROCESSORS_MAX |9 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_MAXPID, _SC_STACK_PROT, _SC_T_IOV_MAX, |7 |
+ | _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32, _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG, | |
+ | _SC_XBS5_LP64_OFF64, _SC_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG, | |
+ | _SC_XOPEN_LEGACY, _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME, | |
+ | _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_ATEXIT_MAX, _SC_IOV_MAX, _SC_PAGE_SIZE, |2.6 |
+ | _SC_XOPEN_UNIX | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_COHER_BLKSZ, _SC_DCACHE_ASSOC, |2.5.1 |
+ | _SC_DCACHE_BLKSZ, _SC_DCACHE_LINESZ, | |
+ | _SC_DCACHE_SZ, _SC_DCACHE_TBLKSZ, | |
+ | _SC_ICACHE_ASSOC, _SC_ICACHE_BLKSZ, | |
+ | _SC_ICACHE_LINESZ, _SC_ICACHE_SZ, | |
+ | _SC_SPLIT_CACHE | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_2_CHAR_TERM, _SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX, |2.5 |
+ | _SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX, _SC_LOGIN_NAME_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_THREADS, _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR, | |
+ | _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE, | |
+ | _SC_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS, | |
+ | _SC_THREAD_KEYS_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING, | |
+ | _SC_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT, | |
+ | _SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT, | |
+ | _SC_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED, | |
+ | _SC_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS, | |
+ | _SC_THREAD_STACK_MIN, _SC_THREAD_THREADS_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_TTY_NAME_MAX, _SC_XOPEN_XCU_VERSION | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_2_C_BIND, _SC_2_C_DEV, _SC_2_C_VERSION, |2.4 |
+ | _SC_2_FORT_DEV, _SC_2_FORT_RUN, | |
+ | _SC_2_LOCALEDEF, _SC_2_SW_DEV, _SC_2_UPE, | |
+ | _SC_2_VERSION, _SC_BC_BASE_MAX, _SC_BC_DIM_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX, _SC_BC_STRING_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX, _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_LINE_MAX, _SC_RE_DUP_MAX, _SC_XOPEN_CRYPT, | |
+ | _SC_XOPEN_ENH_I18N, _SC_XOPEN_SHM | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX, _SC_AIO_MAX, |2.3 |
+ | _SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX, _SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO, | |
+ | _SC_AVPHYS_PAGES, _SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_FSYNC, _SC_MAPPED_FILES, _SC_MEMLOCK, | |
+ | _SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE, _SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION, | |
+ | _SC_MESSAGE_PASSING, _SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX, _SC_PHYS_PAGES, | |
+ | _SC_PRIORITIZED_IO, _SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING, | |
+ | _SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS, _SC_RTSIG_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_SEMAPHORES, _SC_SEM_NSEMS_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_SEM_VALUE_MAX, _SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS, | |
+ | _SC_SIGQUEUE_MAX, _SC_SIGRT_MAX, _SC_SIGRT_MIN, | |
+ | _SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO, _SC_TIMERS, _SC_TIMER_MAX | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF, _SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN |2.2 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_LOGNAME_MAX, _SC_PAGESIZE, _SC_PASS_MAX, |2.0 |
+ | _SC_STREAM_MAX, _SC_TZNAME_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_XOPEN_VERSION | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
+ | _SC_ARG_MAX, _SC_CHILD_MAX, _SC_CLK_TCK, |1.0 |
+ | _SC_JOB_CONTROL, _SC_NGROUPS_MAX, _SC_OPEN_MAX, | |
+ | _SC_SAVED_IDS, _SC_VERSION | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------+
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 Jan 2024 sysconf(3C)
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2025 sysconf(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/toascii.3c 11.4.78/man3c/toascii.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/toascii.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.645118962 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/toascii.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.637653551 -0800
@@ -18,6 +18,11 @@
ERRORS
No errors are returned.
+USAGE
+ The toascii() function is intended for stripping parity bits from 7-bit
+ ASCII data. The result of use with 8-bit or greater encodings is unde-
+ fined, and does not map such non-ASCII characters to ASCII.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -26,13 +31,27 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| CSI |Enabled |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Interface Stability |Standard |
+ | Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| MT-Level |MT-Safe |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | Standard | POSIX.1-2001 through |
+ | | 2008, |
+ | | SUSv1 through SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG1 through XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+
+ The toascii() function was marked obsolescent in SUSv4 (XPG7) and
+ POSIX.1-2008. It was removed in XPG8 and POSIX.1-2024.
+
SEE ALSO
isascii(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Aug 2002 toascii(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 toascii(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/towctrans.3c 11.4.78/man3c/towctrans.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/towctrans.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.690368099 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/towctrans.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.691096276 -0800
@@ -12,19 +12,17 @@
DESCRIPTION
The towctrans() and towctrans_l functions map the wide character wc us-
ing the mapping described by desc. The setting of the LC_CTYPE category
- in the current locale or in the locale represented by locale, respec-
+ in the current locale, or in the locale represented by locale, respec-
tively, should be the same as during the call to wctrans() or wc-
trans_l() that returned the value desc.
- If the value of desc is invalid (that is, not obtained by a call to wc-
- trans() or desc is invalidated by a subsequent call to setlocale() that
- has affected category LC_CTYPE), the result is unspecified.
-
-
- If the value of desc is invalid (that is, not obtained by a call to wc-
- trans_l() with the same locale object locale) the result is unspeci-
- fied.
+ If the value of desc is invalid, the result is unspecified. For towc-
+ trans(), desc is invalid if it was not obtained by a call to wctrans(),
+ or if desc is invalidated by a subsequent call to setlocale() that has
+ affected category LC_CTYPE. For towctrans_l, desc is invalid if it was
+ not obtained by a call to wctrans_l() with the same locale object as
+ locale.
The function call towctrans(wc, wctrans("tolower")) behaves the same as
@@ -36,7 +34,7 @@
RETURN VALUES
The towctrans() and towctrans_l() functions return the mapped value of
- wc, using the mapping described by desc; otherwise, it returns wc un-
+ wc, using the mapping described by desc; otherwise, they return wc un-
changed.
ATTRIBUTES
@@ -59,4 +57,8 @@
duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), newlocale(3C), setlocale(3C), uselo-
cale(3C), wctrans(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 Sep 2014 towctrans(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 towctrans(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/u8_strcmp.3c 11.4.78/man3c/u8_strcmp.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/u8_strcmp.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.724286698 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/u8_strcmp.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.724114754 -0800
@@ -236,6 +235,13 @@
u8_textprep_str(9F), u8_validate(9F)
+ Converting Codesets in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
+
The Unicode Standard (https://www.unicode.org/standard/standard.html)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 19 May 2022 u8_strcmp(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The u8_strcmp() function was introduced in Oracle Solaris 11.0.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 u8_strcmp(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/u8_textprep_str.3c 11.4.78/man3c/u8_textprep_str.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/u8_textprep_str.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.757918606 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/u8_textprep_str.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.769317155 -0800
@@ -11,64 +11,69 @@
size_t unicode_version, int *errnum);
PARAMETERS
- inarray A pointer to a byte array containing a sequence of
- UTF-8 character bytes to be prepared.
+ inarray
+ A pointer to a byte array containing a sequence of UTF-8 character
+ bytes to be prepared.
- inlen As input argument, the number of bytes to be pre-
- pared in inarray. As output argument, the number of
- bytes in inarray still not consumed.
+ inlen
- outarray A pointer to a byte array where prepared UTF-8
- character bytes can be saved.
+ As input argument, the number of bytes to be prepared in inarray.
+ As output argument, the number of bytes in inarray still not con-
+ sumed.
- outlen As input argument, the number of available bytes at
- outarray where prepared character bytes can be
- saved. As output argument, after the conversion,
- the number of bytes still available at outarray.
+ outarray
+ A pointer to a byte array where prepared UTF-8 character bytes can
+ be saved.
- flag The possible preparation options constructed by a
- bitwise-inclusive-OR of the following values:
+
+ outlen
+
+ As input argument, the number of available bytes at outarray where
+ prepared character bytes can be saved. As output argument, after
+ the conversion, the number of bytes still available at outarray.
+
+
+ flag
+
+ The possible preparation options constructed by a bitwise-inclu-
+ sive-OR of the following values:
U8_TEXTPREP_IGNORE_NULL
- Normally u8_textprep_str() stops the prepara-
- tion if it encounters null byte even if the
- current inlen is pointing to a value bigger
- than zero.
-
- With this option, null byte does not stop the
- preparation and the preparation continues until
- inlen specified amount of inarray bytes are all
- consumed for preparation or an error happened.
+ Normally u8_textprep_str() stops the preparation if it encoun-
+ ters null byte even if the current inlen is pointing to a value
+ bigger than zero.
+
+ With this option, null byte does not stop the preparation and
+ the preparation continues until inlen specified amount of inar-
+ ray bytes are all consumed for preparation or an error hap-
+ pened.
U8_TEXTPREP_IGNORE_INVALID
- Normally u8_textprep_str() stops the prepara-
- tion if it encounters illegal or incomplete
- characters with corresponding errnum values.
-
- When this option is set, u8_textprep_str() does
- not stop the preparation and instead treats
- such characters as no need to do any prepara-
- tion.
+ Normally u8_textprep_str() stops the preparation if it encoun-
+ ters illegal or incomplete characters with corresponding errnum
+ values.
+
+ When this option is set, u8_textprep_str() does not stop the
+ preparation and instead treats such characters as no need to do
+ any preparation.
U8_TEXTPREP_TOUPPER
- Map lowercase characters to uppercase charac-
- ters if applicable.
+ Map lowercase characters to uppercase characters if applicable.
U8_TEXTPREP_TOLOWER
- Map uppercase characters to lowercase charac-
- ters if applicable.
+ Map uppercase characters to lowercase characters if applicable.
U8_TEXTPREP_NFD
@@ -90,22 +95,21 @@
Apply Unicode Normalization Form KC.
- Only one case folding option is allowed. Only one
- Unicode Normalization option is allowed.
+ Only one case folding option is allowed. Only one Unicode Normal-
+ ization option is allowed.
+
+ When a case folding option and a Unicode Normalization option are
+ specified together, UTF-8 text preparation is done by doing case
+ folding first and then Unicode Normalization.
+
+ If no option is specified, no processing occurs except the simple
+ copying of bytes from input to output.
- When a case folding option and a Unicode Normaliza-
- tion option are specified together, UTF-8 text
- preparation is done by doing case folding first and
- then Unicode Normalization.
-
- If no option is specified, no processing occurs ex-
- cept the simple copying of bytes from input to out-
- put.
-
-
- unicode_version The version of Unicode data that should be used
- during UTF-8 text preparation. The following values
- are supported:
+
+ unicode_version
+
+ The version of Unicode data that should be used during UTF-8 text
+ preparation. The following values are supported:
U8_UNICODE_320
@@ -119,39 +123,39 @@
U8_UNICODE_1400_ORCL
- Use Unicode 14.0.0 data during comparison. (See
- NOTE below.)
+ Use Unicode 14.0.0 data during comparison. (See NOTE below.)
U8_UNICODE_LATEST
- Use the latest Unicode version data available,
- which is currently Unicode 14.0.0.
+ Use the latest Unicode version data available, which is cur-
+ rently Unicode 14.0.0.
- errnum The error value when preparation is not completed
- or fails. The following values are supported:
+ errnum
- E2BIG Text preparation stopped due to lack of
- space in the output array.
+ The error value when preparation is not completed or fails. The
+ following values are supported:
+ E2BIG Text preparation stopped due to lack of space in the out-
+ put array.
- EBADF Specified option values are conflicting
- and cannot be supported.
+ EBADF Specified option values are conflicting and cannot be
+ supported.
- EILSEQ Text preparation stopped due to an input
- byte that does not belong to UTF-8.
+ EILSEQ Text preparation stopped due to an input byte that does
+ not belong to UTF-8.
- EINVAL Text preparation stopped due to an incom-
- plete UTF-8 character at the end of the
- input array.
+ EINVAL Text preparation stopped due to an incomplete UTF-8 char-
+ acter at the end of the input array.
- ERANGE The specified Unicode version value is
- not a supported version.
+
+ ERANGE The specified Unicode version value is not a supported
+ version.
@@ -265,6 +268,10 @@
u8_textprep_str(9F), u8_validate(9F)
+ Converting Codesets in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
+
The Unicode Standard (https://www.unicode.org/standard/standard.html)
NOTES
@@ -277,4 +284,8 @@
version. There are no locale-specific case conversions that can be per-
formed.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 19 May 2022 u8_textprep_str(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The u8_textprep_str() function was introduced in Solaris 10 8/08 (Up-
+ date 6).
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 u8_textprep_str(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/u8_validate.3c 11.4.78/man3c/u8_validate.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/u8_validate.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.796977840 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/u8_validate.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.804232817 -0800
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
list A list of null-terminated character strings in UTF-8 that
must be additionally checked against as invalid characters.
- The last string in list must be null to indicate there is no
+ The last string in list must be NULL to indicate there is no
further string.
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
U8_VALIDATE_CHECK_ADDITIONAL
- By default, u8_validate() does not use list supplied.
+ By default, u8_validate() does not use the list supplied.
When this option is supplied with a list of character
strings, u8_validate() additionally validates u8str
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
space of U+0000 to U+10FFFF.
When this option is specified, the valid Unicode coding
- space is smaller to U+0000 to U+FFFF.
+ space is the smaller range of U+0000 to U+FFFF.
@@ -91,7 +91,12 @@
the error.
EXAMPLES
- Example 1 Determine the length of the first UTF-8 character.
+ Example 1 Determine the length of the first UTF-8 character
+
+
+
+ This code determines the length of the first UTF-8 character in the u8
+ string.
#include <sys/u8_textprep.h>
@@ -117,17 +122,18 @@
}
+ Example 2 Check for invalid characters in the entire string
- Example 2 Check if there are any invalid characters in the entire
- string.
+ This code checks if there are any invalid UTF-8 characters in the en-
+ tire u8 string.
#include <sys/u8_textprep.h>
char u8[MAXPATHLEN];
- int n;
+ size_t n;
int errnum;
.
.
@@ -149,15 +155,18 @@
}
+ Example 3 Check for invalid characters or prohibited strings
+
- Example 3 Check if there is any invalid character, including prohibited
- characters, in the entire string.
+
+ This code checks if there is any invalid character or prohibited
+ strings, in the entire u8 string.
#include <sys/u8_textprep.h>
char u8[MAXPATHLEN];
- int n;
+ size_t n;
int errnum;
char *prohibited[4] = {
".", "..", "\\", NULL
@@ -201,6 +209,13 @@
u8_textprep_str(9F), u8_validate(9F)
+ Converting Codesets in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
+
The Unicode Standard (https://www.unicode.org/standard/standard.html)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 Sep 2007 u8_validate(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The u8_validate() function was introduced in Oracle Solaris 11.0.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 u8_validate(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/uconv_u16tou32.3c 11.4.78/man3c/uconv_u16tou32.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/uconv_u16tou32.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.829069257 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/uconv_u16tou32.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.852127796 -0800
@@ -303,7 +301,7 @@
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/errno.h>
- #include <sys/u8_textprep>
+ #include <sys/u8_textprep.h>
.
.
.
@@ -342,6 +340,10 @@
attributes(7), uconv_u16tou32(9F)
+ Converting Codesets in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
+
The Unicode Standard (https://www.unicode.org/standard/standard.html)
NOTES
@@ -357,4 +359,7 @@
Ill-formed UTF-16 surrogate pairs are seen as illegal characters during
the conversion.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 18 Sep 2007 uconv_u16tou32(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The uconv_*() functions were introduced in Oracle Solaris 11.0.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 uconv_u16tou32(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/ungetwc.3c 11.4.78/man3c/ungetwc.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/ungetwc.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.858434274 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/ungetwc.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.881280550 -0800
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
stream. The pushed-back characters will be returned by subsequent reads
on that stream in the reverse order of their pushing. A successful in-
tervening call (with the stream pointed to by stream) to a file-posi-
- tioning function ( fseek(3C), fsetpos(3C) or rewind(3C)) discards any
+ tioning function (fseek(3C), fsetpos(3C), or rewind(3C)) discards any
pushed-back characters for the stream. The external storage correspond-
ing to the stream is unchanged.
@@ -61,7 +61,16 @@
SEE ALSO
- setbuf(3C), read(2), fseek(3C), fsetpos(3C), rewind(3C), attributes(7),
+ read(2), fseek(3C), fsetpos(3C), rewind(3C), setbuf(3C), attributes(7),
standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Aug 2002 ungetwc(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The ungetwc() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.0 release.
+ In Solaris 2.0 through 2.5, it was located in the libw library. In So-
+ laris 2.6 and later, it is located in libc.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 ungetwc(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/uselocale.3c 11.4.78/man3c/uselocale.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/uselocale.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.897381728 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/uselocale.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.917173882 -0800
@@ -5,11 +5,12 @@
SYNOPSIS
#include <locale.h>
+
locale_t uselocale(locale_t newloc);
DESCRIPTION
- The uselocale() function sets or query the current locale for the call-
- ing thread.
+ The uselocale() function sets or queries the current locale for the
+ calling thread.
The value for the newloc argument shall be one of the following:
@@ -28,11 +29,11 @@
If the newloc argument is (locale_t)0, the current locale is not
changed. This value can be used to query the current locale setting. If
the newloc argument is LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE, any thread-local locale for
- the calling thread is uninstalled. The thread again use the global lo-
- cale as the current locale, and changes to the global locale affects
- the thread. Otherwise, the locale represented by newloc is installed as
- a thread-local locale to be used as the current locale for the calling
- thread.
+ the calling thread is uninstalled. The thread will use the global lo-
+ cale as the current locale, and changes to the global locale will af-
+ fect the thread. Otherwise, the locale represented by newloc is in-
+ stalled as a thread-local locale to be used as the current locale for
+ the calling thread.
Once the uselocale() function has been called to install a thread-local
@@ -44,15 +45,13 @@
Upon successful completion, the uselocale() function returns a handle
for the thread-local locale that was in use as the current locale for
the calling thread on entry to the function, or LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE if no
- thread-local locale was in use. Otherwise, uselocale() return (lo-
+ thread-local locale was in use. Otherwise, uselocale() returns (lo-
cale_t)0 and set errno to indicate the error.
ERRORS
The uselocale() function will fail if:
-
- [EINVAL] newloc is not a valid locale object and is not (locale_t)0.
-
+ EINVAL newloc is not a valid locale object and is not (locale_t)0.
USAGE
@@ -80,4 +79,12 @@
duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), newlocale(3C), attributes(7), stan-
dards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 uselocale(3C)
+
+ Managing System Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applica-
+ tions in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The uselocale() function was added to Oracle Solaris in the Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 uselocale(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wcrtomb.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wcrtomb.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wcrtomb.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.938999506 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wcrtomb.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.948859810 -0800
@@ -1,24 +1,22 @@
wcrtomb(3C) Standard C Library Functions wcrtomb(3C)
NAME
- wcrtomb - convert a wide-character code to a character (restartable)
+ wcrtomb, wcrtomb_s - convert a wide-character code to a character
+ (restartable)
SYNOPSIS
- #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <wchar.h>
size_t wcrtomb(char *restrict s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *restrict ps);
-DESCRIPTION
- If s is a null pointer, the wcrtomb() function is equivalent to the
- call:
+ #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
+ #include <wchar.h>
- wcrtomb(buf, L'\0', ps)
-
-
- where buf is an internal buffer.
-
+ errno_t wcrtomb_s(size_t *restrict retval, char *restrict ws,
+ rsize_t smax, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *restrict ps);
+DESCRIPTION
If s is not a null pointer, the wcrtomb() function determines the num-
ber of bytes needed to represent the character that corresponds to the
wide-character given by wc (including any shift sequences), and stores
@@ -37,6 +35,26 @@
fined in the Solaris Reference Manual calls wcrtomb().
+ If s is a null pointer, the wcrtomb() function is equivalent to the
+ call:
+
+ wcrtomb(buf, L'\0', ps);
+
+
+
+ where buf is an internal buffer.
+
+
+ The wcrtomb_s() function is part of the C11 bounds checking interfaces
+ specified in the C11 standard, Annex K. It provides similar functional-
+ ity to the wcrtomb() function, except for additional checks on the pa-
+ rameters passed and explicit runtime constraints as defined in the C11
+ standard. See runtime_constraint_handler(3C) and INCITS/ISO/IEC
+ 9899:2011. The number of bytes which may be written to the buffer is
+ limited by the smax paramater instead of MB_CUR_MAX, and is returned
+ via the retval parameter instead of the function return value.
+
+ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
The behavior of this function is affected by the LC_CTYPE category of
the current locale. See environ(7).
@@ -47,6 +65,11 @@
the value of the macros EILSEQ in errno and returns (size_t)-1; the
conversion state is undefined.
+
+ If no runtime constraint violation is detected, the wcrtomb_s() func-
+ tion returns 0, otherwise, it returns a non-zero value, and the number
+ of bytes is stored in the memory pointed to by the retval.
+
ERRORS
The wcrtomb() function may fail if:
@@ -57,14 +80,6 @@
EILSEQ Invalid wide-character code is detected.
-USAGE
- If ps is not a null pointer, wcrtomb() uses the mbstate_t object
- pointed to by ps and the function can be used safely in multithreaded
- applications, as long as setlocale(3C) is not being called to change
- the locale. If ps is a null pointer, wcrtomb() uses its internal mb-
- state_t object and the function is Unsafe in multithreaded applica-
- tions.
-
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -73,13 +88,54 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |See NOTES below |
+ | MT-Level |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Standard |See standards(7). |
+ | Standard |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ MT-Level
+ If ps is not a null pointer, wcrtomb() uses the mbstate_t object
+ pointed to by ps and the function can be used safely in multithreaded
+ applications, as long as setlocale(3C) is not being called to change
+ the locale. If ps is a null pointer, wcrtomb() uses its internal mb-
+ state_t object and the function is Unsafe in multithreaded applica-
+ tions.
+
+
+ The wcrtomb_s() function cannot be used safely in a multithreaded ap-
+ plication due to the runtime constraint handler. For more information,
+ see the runtime_constraint_handler(3C) man page.
+
+ Standard
+ See standards(7) for descriptions of the following standards:
+
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | INTERFACES | APPLICABLE STANDARDS |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | wcrtomb() | C95 through C11, |
+ | | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | | SUS through SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG4 through XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | wcrtomb_s() |C11 |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+
+
SEE ALSO
- mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), environ(7), standards(7)
+ mbsinit(3C), runtime_constraint_handler(3C), setlocale(3C), wctomb(3C),
+ wcstombs(3C), attributes(7), environ(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wcrtomb_s() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The wcrtomb() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Nov 2003 wcrtomb(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wcrtomb(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wcscoll.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wcscoll.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wcscoll.3c 2025-02-23 08:57:59.979940518 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wcscoll.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:21.979910856 -0800
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@
int wcscoll_l(const wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2 locale_t locale);
+ #include <widec.h>
+
int wscoll(const wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2);
DESCRIPTION
@@ -37,20 +39,19 @@
An application wanting to check for error situations should set errno
- to 0 before calling wcscoll(), wcscoll_l() or wscoll(). If errno is
+ to 0 before calling wcscoll(), wcscoll_l(), or wscoll(). If errno is
non-zero on return, an error has occurred.
RETURN VALUES
- Upon successful completion, wcscoll() and wscoll() return an integer
- greater than, equal to, or less than 0, depending upon whether the wide
- character string pointed to by ws1 is greater than, equal to, or less
- than the wide character string pointed to by ws2, when both are inter-
- preted as appropriate to the current locale.
+ Upon successful completion, wcscoll(), wcscoll_l(), and wscoll() return
+ an integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0, depending upon
+ whether the wide character string pointed to by ws1 is greater than,
+ equal to, or less than the wide character string pointed to by ws2,
+ when both are interpreted as appropriate to the current locale.
- wcscoll_l() is equivalent to wcscoll(), execpt that locale data used is
- from the locale represented by locale. On error, wcscoll() and wscoll()
- may set errno, but no return value is reserved to indicate an error.
+ On error, wcscoll(), wcscoll_l(), and wscoll() may set errno, but no
+ return value is reserved to indicate an error.
ERRORS
These functions may fail if:
@@ -63,22 +64,70 @@
The wcsxfrm(3C) and wcscmp(3C) functions should be used for sorting
large lists.
+
+ The functions provided in <widec.h> (those with names starting with
+ just "w" instead of "wc") are provided for backwards compatibility, and
+ are not recommended for use in newer code. Instead, the equivalent
+ functions from <wchar.h> should be used for greater portability to
+ other systems. Specifically wcscoll() should be used in preference to
+ wscoll().
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
- +------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE |
- +------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| CSI |Enabled |
- +------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
- | Interface Stability |wcscoll() and wcscoll_l() are Standard |
- +------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | Interface Stability |Committed |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| MT-Level |MT-Safe |
- +------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | Standard |See below |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+
+
+ Standard
+ See standards(7) for descriptions of the following standards:
+
+ +-----------------------+------------------------------------+
+ | INTERFACES | APPLICABLE STANDARDS |
+ +-----------------------+------------------------------------+
+ | wcscoll() | C95 through C11, |
+ | | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | | SUS through SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG4 through XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +-----------------------+------------------------------------+
+ | wcscoll_l() | POSIX.1-2008, |
+ | | SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +-----------------------+------------------------------------+
+ | wscoll() | None |
+ | | |
+ | | |
+ +-----------------------+------------------------------------+
SEE ALSO
duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), newlocale(3C), setlocale(3C), uselo-
cale(3C), wcscmp(3C), wcsxfrm(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 wcscoll(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wcscoll_l() function was added to Oracle Solaris in the Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The wcscoll() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 release.
+
+
+ The wscoll() function has been included in Solaris since the Solaris
+ 2.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wcscoll(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wcsftime.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wcsftime.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wcsftime.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.008971690 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wcsftime.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.015749473 -0800
@@ -72,4 +72,12 @@
SEE ALSO
malloc(3C), setlocale(3C), strftime(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Oct 2014 wcsftime(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wcsftime() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 re-
+ lease.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wcsftime(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wcsrtombs.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wcsrtombs.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wcsrtombs.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.039635003 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wcsrtombs.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.051354807 -0800
@@ -1,10 +1,8 @@
wcsrtombs(3C) Standard C Library Functions wcsrtombs(3C)
NAME
- wcsrtombs, wcsnrtombs - convert a wide-character string to a character
- string (restartable)
- wcsrtombs_s - wide-character string operations with additional safety
- checks
+ wcsrtombs, wcsnrtombs, wcsrtombs_s - convert a wide-character string to
+ a character string (restartable)
SYNOPSIS
#include <wchar.h>
@@ -82,7 +80,7 @@
RETURN VALUES
If conversion stops because a code is reached that does not correspond
to a valid character, an encoding error occurs. In this case, these
- functions store the value of the macro EILSEQ in errno and returns
+ functions store the value of the macro EILSEQ in errno and return
(size_t)-1; the conversion state is undefined. Otherwise, these func-
tions return the number of bytes in the resulting character sequence,
not including the terminating null (if any).
@@ -128,30 +124,37 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |See the 'Notes' section |
+ | MT-Level |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Standard |See standards(7) |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
-SEE ALSO
- mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), wcrtomb(3C), attributes(7), environ(7),
- standards(7)
-
-NOTES
+ MT-Level
If ps is not a null pointer, wcsrtombs() and wcsnrtombs() use the mb-
- state_t object pointed to by ps and the function can be used safely in
+ state_t object pointed to by ps and the functions can be used safely in
multithreaded applications. If ps is a null pointer, wcsrtombs() and
wcsnrtombs() use their internal mbstate_t object and the functions are
Unsafe in multithreaded applications.
- The wcsrtombs() function can be used safely in multithreaded applica-
- tions.
-
-
The wcsrtombs_s() function cannot be used safely in a multithreaded ap-
plication due to the runtime constraint handler. For more information,
see the runtime_constraint_handler(3C) man page.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Jun 2018 wcsrtombs(3C)
+SEE ALSO
+ mbsinit(3C), setlocale(3C), wcrtomb(3C), attributes(7), environ(7),
+ standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wcnsrtombs() and wcsrtombs_s() functions were added in Oracle So-
+ laris 11.4.0.
+
+
+ The wcsrtombs() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wcsrtombs(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wcsstr.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wcsstr.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wcsstr.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.087563047 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wcsstr.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.089997702 -0800
@@ -1,13 +1,16 @@
wcsstr(3C) Standard C Library Functions wcsstr(3C)
NAME
- wcsstr - find a wide-character substring
+ wcsstr, wcswcs - find a wide-character substring
SYNOPSIS
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t *wcsstr(const wchar_t *restrict ws1, const wchar_t *restrict ws2);
+
+ wchar_t *wcswcs(const wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2);
+
ISO C++
#include <wchar.h>
@@ -24,6 +27,12 @@
cluding the terminating null wide-character) in the wide-character
string pointed to by ws2.
+
+ The wcswcs() function performs the same operation as the wcsstr() func-
+ tion. It is provided for backwards compatibility with older standards
+ and older Solaris releases. New code should use the wcsstr() function
+ instead for greater portability.
+
RETURN VALUES
On successful completion, wcsstr() returns a pointer to the located
wide-character string, or a null pointer if the wide-character string
@@ -46,11 +55,36 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| MT-Level |Async-Signal-Safe |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Standard |See standards(7). |
+ | Standard |See below. |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ Standard
+ See standards(7) for descriptions of the following standards:
+
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | INTERFACES | APPLICABLE STANDARDS |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | wcsstr() | C95 through C11, |
+ | | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | | SUS through SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG4 through XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | wcswcs() | POSIX.1-2001, |
+ | | SUS through SUSv3, |
+ | | XPG4 through XPG6 |
+ | | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+
+
SEE ALSO
wschr(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Jun 2022 wcsstr(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The wcsstr() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
+
+
+ The wcswcs() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wcsstr(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wcstol.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wcstol.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wcstol.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.123739159 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wcstol.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.126845617 -0800
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
NAME
wcstol, wcstoll, wstol, watol, watoll, watoi - convert wide character
- string to long integer
+ string to integer
SYNOPSIS
#include <wchar.h>
@@ -54,14 +54,14 @@
If the value of base is 0, the expected form of the subject sequence is
- that of a decimal constant, octal constant or hexadecimal constant, any
- of which may be preceded by a '+' or '-' sign. A decimal constant be-
- gins with a non-zero digit, and consists of a sequence of decimal dig-
- its. An octal constant consists of the prefix '0' optionally followed
- by a sequence of the digits '0' to '7' only. A hexadecimal constant
- consists of the prefix '0x' or '0X' followed by a sequence of the deci-
- mal digits and letters 'a' (or 'A') to 'f' (or 'F') with values 10 to
- 15 respectively.
+ that of a decimal constant, octal constant, or hexadecimal constant,
+ any of which may be preceded by a '+' or '-' sign. A decimal constant
+ begins with a non-zero digit, and consists of a sequence of decimal
+ digits. An octal constant consists of the prefix '0' optionally fol-
+ lowed by a sequence of the digits '0' to '7' only. A hexadecimal con-
+ stant consists of the prefix '0x' or '0X' followed by a sequence of the
+ decimal digits and letters 'a' (or 'A') to 'f' (or 'F') with values 10
+ to 15 respectively.
If the value of base is between 2 and 36, the expected form of the sub-
@@ -115,8 +115,7 @@
The watol() function is equivalent to wstol(str,(wchar_t **)NULL, 10).
- The watoll() function is the long-long (double long) version of wa-
- tol().
+ The watoll() function is the long-long version of watol().
The watoi() function is equivalent to (int)watol().
@@ -144,6 +143,13 @@
EINVAL No conversion could be performed.
+USAGE
+ The functions provided in <widec.h> (those with names starting with
+ just "w" instead of "wc") are provided for backwards compatibility, and
+ are not recommended for use in newer code. Instead, the equivalent
+ functions from <wchar.h> should be used for greater portability to
+ other systems.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -164,4 +170,15 @@
Truncation from long long to long can take place upon assignment or by
an explicit cast.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Nov 2003 wcstol(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The wcstoll() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 10 3/05 re-
+ lease.
+
+
+ The wcstol() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 release.
+
+
+ The wstol(), watol(), watoll(), and watoi() functions were added to So-
+ laris in the Solaris 2.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wcstol(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wcstombs.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wcstombs.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wcstombs.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.152941054 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wcstombs.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.156571932 -0800
@@ -1,10 +1,8 @@
wcstombs(3C) Standard C Library Functions wcstombs(3C)
NAME
- wcstombs - convert a wide-character string to a character string
- wcstombs_s - convert a wide-character string to a character string with
- additional safety
- checks
+ wcstombs, wcstombs_s - convert a wide-character string to a character
+ string
SYNOPSIS
#include <stdlib.h>
@@ -112,4 +106,16 @@
tomb(3C), wctomb_s(3C), attributes(7), standards(7), runtime_con-
straint_handler(3C)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Jun 2018 wcstombs(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wcstombs_s() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The wcstombs() function has been included in all Sun and Oracle re-
+ leases of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wcstombs(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wcstoul.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wcstoul.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wcstoul.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.199513831 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wcstoul.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.196936185 -0800
@@ -23,8 +23,7 @@
character codes (as specified by the function iswspace(3C))
- 2.
- Asubject sequence interpreted as an integer represented in
+ 2. A subject sequence interpreted as an integer represented in
some radix determined by the value of base
@@ -146,4 +145,11 @@
isspace(3C), iswalpha(3C), scanf(3C), wcstod(3C), wcstol(3C), attrib-
utes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Nov 2003 wcstoul(3C)
+HISTORY
+ The wcstoull() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 10 3/05 re-
+ lease.
+
+
+ The wcstoul() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wcstoul(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wcstring.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wcstring.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wcstring.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.238692569 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wcstring.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.239000996 -0800
@@ -4,11 +4,9 @@
wcstring, wcscasecmp, wcsncasecmp, wcscat, wscat, wcsncat, wsncat, wc-
scmp, wscmp, wcsncmp, wsncmp, wcscpy, wscpy, wcsncpy, wsncpy, wcpcpy,
wcpncpy, wcsdup, wcslen, wslen, wcsnlen, wcschr, wschr, wcsrchr, ws-
- rchr, windex, wrindex, wcspbrk, wspbrk, wcswcs, wcsspn, wsspn, wcscspn,
- wscspn, wcstok, wstok - wide-character string operations
- wcscpy_s, wcsncpy_s, wmemcpy_s, wmemmove_s, wcscat_s, wcsncat_s, wc-
- stok_s, wcsnlen_s, wcrtomb_s - wide-character string operations with
- additional safety checks
+ rchr, windex, wrindex, wcspbrk, wspbrk, wcsspn, wsspn, wcscspn, wscspn,
+ wcstok, wstok, wcscpy_s, wcsncpy_s, wcscat_s, wcsncat_s, wcstok_s, wc-
+ snlen_s - wide-character string operations
SYNOPSIS
#include <wchar.h>
@@ -16,7 +14,7 @@
int wcscasecmp(const wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2);
- int wcsncasecmp(const wchar_t ws1*, const wchar_t ws2*, size_t n);
+ int wcsncasecmp(const wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2, size_t n);
wchar_t *wcscat(wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2);
@@ -32,9 +30,6 @@
int wcsncmp(const wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2, size_t n);
- wchar_t *wcscpy(wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2);
-
-
wchar_t *wcscpy(wchar_t *restrict ws1, const wchar_t *restrict ws2);
@@ -42,7 +37,7 @@
size_t n);
- wchar_t *wcpncpy(wchar_t restrict *ws1, const wchar_t *restrict ws2,
+ wchar_t *wcpncpy(wchar_t *restrict ws1, const wchar_t *restrict ws2,
size_t n);
@@ -64,9 +59,6 @@
wchar_t *wcspbrk(const wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2);
- wchar_t *wcswcs(const wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2);
-
-
size_t wcsspn(const wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2);
@@ -95,14 +87,6 @@
const wchar_t *restrict ws2, rsize_t n);
- errno_t wmemcpy_s(wchar_t *restrict ws1, rsize_t ws1max,
- const wchar_t *restrict ws2, rsize_t n);
-
-
- errno_t wmemmove_s(wchar_t *ws1, rsize_t ws1max,
- const wchar_t *ws2, rsize_t n);
-
-
errno_t wcscat_s(wchar_t *restrict ws1, rsize_t ws1max,
const wchar_t *restrict ws2);
@@ -117,10 +101,6 @@
size_t wcsnlen_s(const wchar_t *ws, size_t maxsize);
-
- errno_t wcrtomb_s(size_t *restrict retval, char *restrict ws,
- rsize_t smax, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *restrict ps);
-
ISO C++
#include <cwchar>
@@ -132,11 +112,12 @@
wchar_t *std::wcsrchr(wchar_t *ws, wchar_t wc);
- XPG4, SUS, SUSv2, SUSv3
- wchar_t *wcstok(wchar_t *restrict ws1, const wchar_t *restrict ws2);
+ XPG4, SUS
+ wchar_t *wcstok(wchar_t * ws1, const wchar_t * ws2);
Default and other standards
- wchar_t *wcstok(wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2, wchar_t **ptr);
+ wchar_t *wcstok(wchar_t * restrict ws1, const wchar_t * restrict ws2,
+ wchar_t ** restrict ptr);
#include <widec.h>
@@ -196,8 +177,8 @@
The wcscasecmp() function is the wide-character equivalent of the str-
casecmp(3C) function. It compares the wide-character string pointed to
by ws1 to the wide-character string pointed to by ws2, ignoring case
- differences. It returns 0 if the wide-character strings at ws1 is equal
- to ws2 except for case differences. It returns a positive integer if
+ differences. It returns 0 if the wide-character strings at ws1 and ws2
+ are equal except for case differences. It returns a positive integer if
ws1 is greater than ws2 and a negative integer if ws1 is smaller than
ws2, ignoring case.
@@ -332,21 +313,13 @@
tion, the function returns a pointer to the wide-character code, or a
null pointer if no wide-character code from ws2 occurs in ws1.
- wcswcs()
- The wcswcs() function locates the first occurrence in the wide-charac-
- ter string pointed to by ws1 of the sequence of wide-character codes
- (excluding the terminating null wide-character code) in the wide-char-
- acter string pointed to by ws2. Upon successful completion, the func-
- tion returns a pointer to the located wide-character string, or a null
- pointer if the wide-character string is not found. If ws2 points to a
- wide-character string with zero length, the function returns ws1.
-
wcsspn(), wsspn()
The wcsspn() and wsspn() functions compute the length of the maximum
initial segment of the wide-character string pointed to by ws1 which
consists entirely of wide-character codes from the wide-character
- string pointed to by ws2. Both functions return the length ws1; no re-
- turn value is reserved to indicate an error.
+ string pointed to by ws2. Both functions return the length of the ini-
+ tial substring of ws1; no return value is reserved to indicate an er-
+ ror.
wcscspn(), wscspn()
The wcscspn() and wscspn() functions compute the length of the maximum
@@ -362,41 +335,14 @@
of which is delimited by a wide-character code from the wide-character
string pointed to by ws2.
- C11 Bounds Checking Interfaces
- The wcscpy_s(), wcsncpy_s(), wmemcpy_s(), wmemmove_s(), wcscat_s(), wc-
- sncat_s(), wcstok_s(), wcsnlen_s(), and wcrtomb_s() functions are part
- of the C11 bounds checking interfaces specified in the C11 standard,
- Annex K. Each provide similar functionality to their respective non-
- bounds checking functions, except for additional checks on the parame-
- ters passed and explicit runtime constraints as defined in the C11
- standard. See runtime_constraint_handler(3C) and INCITS/ISO/IEC
- 9899:2011.
-
-
- If no runtime constraint violation is detected, the wcscpy_s(), wc-
- sncpy_s(), wmemcpy_s(), wmemmove_s(), wcscat_s(), wcsncat(), and wcr-
- tomb_s() functions return zero, otherwise, they return a non-zero
- value.
-
-
- If a runtime constraint violation is detected, or there is no token,
- the wcstok_s() function returns a null pointer, otherwise a pointer to
- the first wide character of the token is returned.
-
- The wcsnlen_s() function returns zero if ws is a null pointer. Other-
- wise, it returns the number of wide-characters in the string pointed to
- by ws, not including the terminating null wide-character code but at
- most maxlen, while never looking beyond the first maxlen characters. It
- returns maxlen if there is no terminating null wide-character code
- among the first maxlen wide characters pointed to by ws.
-
- Default and other standards
- The third argument points to a caller-provided wchar_t pointer into
- which the wcstok() function stores information necessary for it to con-
- tinue scanning the same wide-character string. This argument is not
- available with the XPG4 and SUS versions of wcstok(), nor is it avail-
- able with the wstok() function. See standards(7).
+ The XPG5 and later versions of wcstok() take a third argument which
+ points to a caller-provided wchar_t pointer into which the wcstok()
+ function stores information necessary for it to continue scanning the
+ same wide-character string. This argument is not available with the
+ XPG4 and SUS versions of wcstok(), nor is it available with the wstok()
+ function. See standards(7) for information on specifying which standard
+ to use for building code.
The first call in the sequence has ws1 as its first argument, and is
@@ -433,11 +379,37 @@
first wide-character code of a token. Otherwise, if there is no token,
a null pointer is returned.
-ERRORS
- The functions wcscpy_s(), wcsncpy_s(), wcscat_s(), wcstok_s(), and wcr-
- tomb_s() functions will fail if:
+ C11 Bounds Checking Interfaces
+ The wcscpy_s(), wcsncpy_s(), wcscat_s(), wcsncat_s(), wcstok_s(), and
+ wcsnlen_s() functions are part of the C11 bounds checking interfaces
+ specified in the C11 standard, Annex K. Each provides similar function-
+ ality to their respective non-bounds checking functions, except for ad-
+ ditional checks on the parameters passed and explicit runtime con-
+ straints as defined in the C11 standard. See runtime_constraint_han-
+ dler(3C) and INCITS/ISO/IEC 9899:2011.
+
+
+ If no runtime constraint violation is detected, the wcscpy_s(), wc-
+ sncpy_s(), wcscat_s(), and wcsncat(), and wcrtomb_s() functions return
+ zero, otherwise, they return a non-zero value.
+
+
+ If a runtime constraint violation is detected, or there is no token,
+ the wcstok_s() function returns a null pointer, otherwise a pointer to
+ the first wide character of the token is returned.
+ The wcsnlen_s() function returns zero if ws is a null pointer. Other-
+ wise, it returns the number of wide-characters in the string pointed to
+ by ws, not including the terminating null wide-character code but at
+ most maxlen, while never looking beyond the first maxlen characters. It
+ returns maxlen if there is no terminating null wide-character code
+ among the first maxlen wide characters pointed to by ws.
+
+ERRORS
+ The functions wcscpy_s(), wcsncpy_s(), wcscat_s(), and wcstok_s() will
+ fail if:
+
EINVAL Null pointer is passed or Source and destination overlap.
@@ -448,9 +420,7 @@
-
- The functions wmemmove_s() and wcsncat_s() will fail if:
-
+ The function wcsncat_s() will fail if:
EINVAL Null pointer is passed.
@@ -458,6 +428,45 @@
ERANGE size argument is not a valid value.
+USAGE
+ The functions provided in <widec.h> (those with names starting with
+ just "w" instead of "wc") are provided for backwards compatibility, and
+ are not recommended for use in newer code. Instead, the equivalent
+ functions from <wchar.h> should be used for greater portability to
+ other systems.
+
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | LEGACY FUNCTION | PREFERRED ALTERNATIVE |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wscat() |wcscat() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wsncat() |wcsncat() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wscmp() |wcscmp() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wsncmp() |wcsncmp() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wscpy() |wcscpy() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wsncpy() |wcsncpy() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wslen() |wcslen() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wschr() |wcschr() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wsrchr() |wcsrchr() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | windex() |wcschr() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wrindex() |wcsrchr() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wspbrk() |wcspbrk() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wsspn() |wcsspn() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wstok() |wcstok() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -475,18 +484,13 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- Standard
- For wcscat(), wcsncat(), wcscmp(), wcsncmp(), wcscpy(), wcsncpy(), wc-
- slen(), wcschr(), wcsrchr(), wcspbrk(), wcswcs(), wcsspn(), wcscspn(),
- and wcstok(), see standards(7).
-
MT-Level
The wcscasecmp(), wcsncasecmp(), wcscat(), wscat(), wcsncat(), ws-
ncat(), wcscmp(), wscmp(), wcsncmp(), wsncmp(), wcscpy(), wscpy(), wc-
sncpy(), wsncpy(), wcpcpy(), wcpncpy(), wcslen(), wslen(), wcsnlen(),
wcschr(), wschr(), wcsrchr(), wsrchr(), windex(), wrindex(), wcspbrk(),
- wspbrk(), wcswcs(), wcsspn(), wsspn(), wcscspn(), and wscspn() func-
- tions are Async-Signal-Safe.
+ wspbrk(), wcsspn(), wsspn(), wcscspn(), and wscspn() functions are
+ Async-Signal-Safe.
The wcsdup() function is MT-Safe.
@@ -499,14 +503,84 @@
but calls from different threads will not share common state.
- The wcscpy_s(), wcsncpy_s(), wmemcpy_s(), wmemmove_s(), wcscat_s(), wc-
- sncat_s(), wcstok_s(), wcsnlen_s(), and wcrtomb_s() functions cannot be
- used safely in a multithreaded application due to the runtime con-
- straint handler. For more information, see the runtime_constraint_han-
- dler(3C) man page.
+ The wcscpy_s(), wcsncpy_s(), wcscat_s(), wcsncat_s(), wcstok_s(), wc-
+ snlen_s(), and wcrtomb_s() functions cannot be used safely in a multi-
+ threaded application due to the runtime constraint handler. For more
+ information, see the runtime_constraint_handler(3C) man page.
+
+ Standard
+ See standards(7) for descriptions of the following standards:
+
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | INTERFACES | APPLICABLE STANDARDS |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | wcscat(), wcsncat(), | C95 through C11, |
+ | wcscmp(), wcsncmp(), | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | wcscpy(), wcsncpy(), | SUS through SUSv4, |
+ | wcslen(), wcschr(), | XPG4 through XPG7 |
+ | wcsrchr(), wcspbrk(), | |
+ | wcsspn(), wcscspn(), | |
+ | wcstok() | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | wcscasecmp(), | POSIX.1-2008, |
+ | wcsncasecmp(), wcpcpy(), | SUSv4, |
+ | wcpncpy(), wcsdup(), | XPG7 |
+ | wcsnlen() | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | wcscpy_s(), wcsncpy_s(), | C11 |
+ | wcscat_s(), wcsncat_s(), | |
+ | wcstok_s(), wcsnlen_s(), | |
+ | wcrtomb_s() | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | wscat(), wsncat(), | None |
+ | wscmp(), wsncmp(), | |
+ | wscpy(), wsncpy(), | |
+ | wslen(), wschr(), | |
+ | wsrchr(), windex(), | |
+ | wrindex(), wspbrk(), | |
+ | wsspn(), wstok() | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+
SEE ALSO
- malloc(3C), string(3C), wcswidth(3C), wcwidth(3C), attributes(7), stan-
- dards(7), runtime_constraint_handler(3C)
+ malloc(3C), string(3C), wcsstr(3C), wcswidth(3C), wcwidth(3C), attrib-
+ utes(7), standards(7), runtime_constraint_handler(3C)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ Support for the following functions is available in Oracle Solaris
+ starting with the listed release:
+
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | FUNCTION |RELEASE |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | wcscat_s(), wcsncat_s(), wcscpy_s(), |11.4.0 |
+ | wcsncpy_s(), wcsnlen_s(), wcstok_s() | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | wcpcpy(), wcpncpy(), wcsncasecmp(), wcsdup(), |11.0.0 |
+ | wcsnlen() | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | wcscasecmp() |7 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | wcscat(), wcsncat(), wcschr(), wcsrchr(), |2.4 |
+ | wcscmp(), wcsncmp(), wcscpy(), wcsncpy(), | |
+ | wcslen(), wcspbrk(), wcsspn(), wcscspn(), | |
+ | wcstok() | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | windex(), wrindex(), wscat(), wsncat(), |2.0 |
+ | wschr(), wsrchr(), wscmp(), wsncmp(), wscpy(), | |
+ | wsncpy(), wslen(), wspbrk(), wsspn(), wscspn(), | |
+ | wstok() | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+
+
+
+ In Solaris 2.0 through 2.5, these functions were located in the libw
+ library. In Solaris 2.6 and later, they are located in libc, and the
+ libw library is a filter on libc to maintain binary and source compati-
+ bility.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Jun 2022 wcstring(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wcstring(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wcswidth.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wcswidth.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wcswidth.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.268861856 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wcswidth.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.275790169 -0800
@@ -43,4 +43,12 @@
SEE ALSO
setlocale(3C), wcwidth(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Oct 2014 wcswidth(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wcswidth() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 re-
+ lease.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wcswidth(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wcsxfrm.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wcsxfrm.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wcsxfrm.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.298528549 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wcsxfrm.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.307413970 -0800
@@ -9,13 +9,16 @@
size_t wcsxfrm(wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2, size_t n);
- size_t wcsxfrm_l(wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2, size_t n, locale_t locale);
+ size_t wcsxfrm_l(wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2, size_t n,
+ locale_t locale);
+ #include <widec.h>
+
size_t wsxfrm(wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2, size_t n);
DESCRIPTION
- The wcsxfrm() and wcsxfrm() functions transform the wide character
+ The wcsxfrm() and wsxfrm() functions transform the wide character
string pointed to by ws2 and place the resulting wide character string
into the array pointed to by ws1. The transformation is such that if
either the wcscmp(3C) or wscmp(3C) functions are applied to two trans-
@@ -29,7 +32,7 @@
fined.
- The fact that when n is 0, ws1 is permitted to be a null pointer, is
+ The fact that ws1 is permitted to be a null pointer when n is 0, is
useful to determine the size of the ws1 array prior to making the
transformation.
@@ -69,18 +72,50 @@
character codes outside the domain of the collating sequence.
+USAGE
+ The functions provided in <widec.h> (those with names starting with
+ just "w" instead of "wc") are provided for backwards compatibility, and
+ are not recommended for use in newer code. Instead, the equivalent
+ functions from <wchar.h> should be used for greater portability to
+ other systems.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
- +------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE |
- +------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| CSI |Enabled |
- +------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
- | Interface Stability |wcsxfrm() and wcsxfrm_l() are Standard |
- +------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | Interface Stability |Committed |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| MT-Level |MT-Safe |
- +------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | Standard |See below |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+
+
+ Standard
+ See standards(7) for descriptions of the following standards:
+
+ +-----------------------+------------------------------------+
+ | INTERFACES | APPLICABLE STANDARDS |
+ +-----------------------+------------------------------------+
+ | wcsxfrm() | C95 through C11, |
+ | | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | | SUS through SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG4 through XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +-----------------------+------------------------------------+
+ | wcsxfrm_l() | POSIX.1-2008, |
+ | | SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +-----------------------+------------------------------------+
+ | wsxfrm() | None |
+ | | |
+ | | |
+ +-----------------------+------------------------------------+
SEE ALSO
@@ -88,4 +123,18 @@
cale(3C), uselocale(3C), wcscmp(3C), wcscoll(3C), wscmp(3C), attrib-
utes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Oct 2014 wcsxfrm(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wcsxfrm_l() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The wcsxfrm() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 release.
+
+
+ The wsxfrm() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.0 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wcsxfrm(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wctob.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wctob.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wctob.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.326512068 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wctob.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.337041374 -0800
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
The behavior of this function is affected by the LC_CTYPE category of
- the current locale. See environ(7)
+ the current locale. See environ(7).
RETURN VALUES
The wctob() function returns EOF if c does not correspond to a charac-
@@ -43,4 +43,11 @@
SEE ALSO
btowc(3C), setlocale(3C), attributes(7), environ(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Oct 2014 wctob(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wctob() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wctob(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wctomb.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wctomb.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wctomb.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.366294704 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wctomb.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.423370581 -0800
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
wctomb(3C) Standard C Library Functions wctomb(3C)
NAME
- wctomb - convert a wide-character code to a character
- wctomb_s - convert a wide-character code to a character with additional
- safety checks
+ wctomb, wctomb_s - convert a wide-character code to a character
SYNOPSIS
#include <stdlib.h>
@@ -21,8 +19,8 @@
The wctomb() function determines the number of bytes needed to repre-
sent the character corresponding to the wide-character code whose value
is wchar. It stores the character representation (possibly multiple
- bytes) in the array object pointed to by s (if s is not a null
- pointer). At most MB_CUR_MAX bytes are stored.
+ bytes) in the array object pointed to by s, if s is not a null pointer.
+ At most MB_CUR_MAX bytes are stored.
A call with s as a null pointer causes this function to return 0. The
@@ -101,4 +97,16 @@
stombs(3C), wcstombs_s(3C), attributes(7), standards(7), runtime_con-
straint_handler(3C)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Jun 2018 wctomb(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wctomb_s() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The wctomb() function has been included in all Sun and Oracle releases
+ of Solaris.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wctomb(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wctrans_ja.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wctrans_ja.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wctrans_ja.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.395262035 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wctrans_ja.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.460414877 -0800
@@ -9,10 +9,10 @@
wctrans_t wctrans(const char *property);
DESCRIPTION
- wctrans() builds values in wctrans_t data type according to the speci-
- fication with the property argument to allow conversion between wide
- characters. towctrans() is used for actual conversion. wctrans() re-
- turns arguments that towctrans() needs to use.
+ wctrans() builds values in a wctrans_t data type according to the spec-
+ ification in the property argument to allow conversion between wide
+ characters. towctrans() is used for the actual conversion. wctrans()
+ returns arguments that towctrans() needs to use.
The following character class names are defined in every locale.
@@ -71,17 +71,15 @@
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ +----------------+-------------------------------------------+
| ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE |
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Availability |system/locale for |
- | |ja_JP.UTF-8, system/lo- |
- | |cale/extra for ja_JP.eucJP |
- | |and ja_JP.PCK |
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ +----------------+-------------------------------------------+
+ | Availability | system/locale for ja_JP.UTF-8, system/lo- |
+ | | cale/extra for ja_JP.eucJP and ja_JP.PCK |
+ +----------------+-------------------------------------------+
SEE ALSO
towctrans(3C), wctrans(3C), wctype_ja(3C), PCK(7), eucJP(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 10 Jan 2003 wctrans_ja(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wctrans_ja(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wctrans.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wctrans.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wctrans.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.425115786 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wctrans.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.498268662 -0800
@@ -14,7 +15,8 @@
identified in the current locale. The charclass is a string identifying
a generic character mapping name for which codeset-specific information
is required. The following character mapping names are defined in all
- locales - "tolower" and "toupper".
+ locales: "tolower" and "toupper". See the wctrans_ja(3C) man page for
+ character mapping names defined in Japanese locales.
The function returns a value of type wctrans_t, which can be used as
@@ -38,10 +40,10 @@
handle.
RETURN VALUES
- The wctrans() and wctrans_l() functions returns 0 if the given charac-
- ter mapping name is not valid for the current locale (category
- LC_CTYPE), otherwise it returns a non-zero object of type wctrans_t
- that can be used in calls to towctrans(3C) and towctrans_l(3C).
+ The wctrans() and wctrans_l() functions return 0 if the given character
+ mapping name is not valid for the current locale (category LC_CTYPE),
+ otherwise they return a non-zero object of type wctrans_t that can be
+ used in calls to towctrans(3C) and towctrans_l(3C).
ERRORS
These functions may fail if:
@@ -69,6 +71,17 @@
SEE ALSO
duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), newlocale(3C), setlocale(3C), towc-
- trans(3C), uselocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
+ trans(3C), wctrans_ja(3C), uselocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wctrans_l() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The wctrans() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 29 Sep 2014 wctrans(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wctrans(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wctype_ja.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wctype_ja.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wctype_ja.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.485533214 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wctype_ja.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.535243374 -0800
@@ -9,10 +9,10 @@
wctype_t wctype(const char *charclass);
DESCRIPTION
- wctype() builds values in the wctype_t data type according to the spec-
- ification with the charclass argument to determine wide character
- classes. iswctype() is used for actual determination. wctype() returns
- arguments that wctype() needs to use.
+ wctype() builds values in a wctype_t data type according to the speci-
+ fication in the charclass argument to determine wide character classes.
+ iswctype() is used for the actual determination. wctype() returns argu-
+ ments that wctype() needs to use.
The following character class names are defined in every locale:
@@ -553,7 +543,7 @@
The following example shows how to determine if the wide character wc
- is included in udc class.
+ is included in the udc class.
iswctype(wc, wctype("udc"))
@@ -562,17 +552,15 @@
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ +----------------+-------------------------------------------+
| ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE |
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Availability |system/locale for |
- | |ja_JP.UTF-8, system/lo- |
- | |cale/extra for ja_JP.eucJP |
- | |and ja_JP.PCK |
- +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ +----------------+-------------------------------------------+
+ | Availability | system/locale for ja_JP.UTF-8, system/lo- |
+ | | cale/extra for ja_JP.eucJP and ja_JP.PCK |
+ +----------------+-------------------------------------------+
SEE ALSO
iswctype(3C), wctrans_ja(3C), wctype(3C), PCK(7), eucJP(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Apr 2019 wctype_ja(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wctype_ja(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wctype.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wctype.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wctype.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.527259713 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wctype.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.564830027 -0800
@@ -25,7 +26,9 @@
Additional character class names defined in the locale definition file
- (category LC_CTYPE) can also be specified.
+ (category LC_CTYPE) can also be specified. For example, see the
+ wctype_ja(3C) man page for additional character class names defined in
+ Japanese locales.
These functions return a value of type wctype_t, which can be used as
@@ -33,10 +36,10 @@
type_l(3C).
- The wctype() and wctype_l() determine values of wctype_t according to
- the rules of the coded character set defined by character type informa-
- tion in the current locale or locale represented by locale (category
- LC_CTYPE).
+ The wctype() and wctype_l() functions determine values of wctype_t ac-
+ cording to the rules of the coded character set defined by character
+ type information in the current locale or the locale represented by lo-
+ cale (category LC_CTYPE).
The values returned by wctype() are valid until a call to setlocale(3C)
@@ -54,10 +57,10 @@
RETURN VALUES
The wctype() and wctype_l() functions return 0 if the given character
- class name is not valid for the current locale or for locale repre-
- sented by locale, respectively (categoryLC_CTYPE); otherwise it returns
- an object of type wctype_t that can be used in calls to iswctype() and
- iswctype_l().
+ class name is not valid for the current locale or for the locale repre-
+ sented by locale, respectively (category LC_CTYPE); otherwise they re-
+ turn an object of type wctype_t that can be used in calls to iswctype()
+ and iswctype_l().
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -75,6 +78,17 @@
SEE ALSO
duplocale(3C), freelocale(3C), iswctype(3C), newlocale(3C), setlo-
- cale(3C), uselocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
+ cale(3C), wctype_ja(3C), uselocale(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wctype_l() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The wctype() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 release.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 wctype(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wctype(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wcwidth.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wcwidth.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wcwidth.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.554697871 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wcwidth.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.592552335 -0800
@@ -42,4 +42,11 @@
SEE ALSO
setlocale(3C), wcswidth(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Oct 2014 wcwidth(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wcwidth() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.4 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wcwidth(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wmemchr.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wmemchr.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wmemchr.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.591718825 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wmemchr.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.620580416 -0800
@@ -54,4 +54,11 @@
wmemcmp(3C), wmemcpy(3C), wmemmove(3C), wmemset(3C), attributes(7),
standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Jun 2022 wmemchr(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wmemchr() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wmemchr(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wmemcmp.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wmemcmp.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wmemcmp.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.620084901 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wmemcmp.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.649713135 -0800
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
specially.
- If n is zero, ws1 and ws2 must be a valid pointers and the function be-
- haves as if the two objects compare equal.
+ If n is zero, ws1 and ws2 must both be valid pointers and the function
+ behaves as if the two objects compare equal.
RETURN VALUES
The wmemcmp() function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or
@@ -46,4 +46,11 @@
wmemchr(3C), wmemcpy(3C), wmemmove(3C), wmemset(3C), attributes(7),
standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Jun 2022 wmemcmp(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wmemcmp() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wmemcmp(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wmemcpy.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wmemcpy.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wmemcpy.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.662501345 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wmemcpy.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.804500170 -0800
@@ -1,13 +1,20 @@
wmemcpy(3C) Standard C Library Functions wmemcpy(3C)
NAME
- wmemcpy - copy wide-characters in memory
+ wmemcpy, wmemcpy_s - copy wide-characters in memory
SYNOPSIS
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t *wmemcpy(wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2, size_t n);
+
+ #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
+ #include <wchar.h>
+
+ errno_t wmemcpy_s(wchar_t *restrict ws1, rsize_t ws1max,
+ const wchar_t *restrict ws2, rsize_t n);
+
DESCRIPTION
The wmemcpy() function copies n wide-characters from the object pointed
to by ws2 to the object pointed to be ws1. This function is not af-
@@ -16,12 +23,24 @@
acters are not treated specially.
- If n is zero, ws1 and ws2 must be a valid pointers, and the function
+ If n is zero, ws1 and ws2 must both be valid pointers, and the function
copies zero wide-characters.
+
+ The wmemcpy_s() function is part of the C11 bounds checking interfaces
+ specified in the C11 standard, Annex K. It provides similar functional-
+ ity to the wmemcpy() function, except for additional checks on the pa-
+ rameters passed and explicit runtime constraints as defined in the C11
+ standard. See runtime_constraint_handler(3C) and INCITS/ISO/IEC
+ 9899:2011.
+
RETURN VALUES
The wmemcpy() function returns the value of ws1.
+
+ If no runtime constraint violation is detected, the wmemcpy_s() func-
+ tion returns 0, otherwise, it returns a non-zero value.
+
ERRORS
No errors are defined.
@@ -33,14 +52,51 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |Async-Signal-Safe |
+ | MT-Level |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Standard |See standards(7). |
+ | Standard |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ MT-Level
+ The wmemcpy() function is Async-Signal-Safe.
+
+
+ The wmemcpy_s() function cannot be used safely in a multithreaded ap-
+ plication due to the runtime constraint handler. For more information,
+ see the runtime_constraint_handler(3C) man page.
+
+ Standard
+ See standards(7) for descriptions of the following standards:
+
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | INTERFACES | APPLICABLE STANDARDS |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | wmemcpy() | C95 through C11, |
+ | | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | | SUS through SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG4 through XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | MT-Level |Async-Signal-Safe |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | Standard |See standards(7). |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+
+
SEE ALSO
- wmemchr(3C), wmemcmp(3C), wmemmove(3C), wmemset(3C), attributes(7),
- standards(7)
+ runtime_constraint_handler(3C), wmemchr(3C), wmemcmp(3C), wmemmove(3C),
+ wmemset(3C), attributes(7), standards(7)
+
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wmemcpy_s() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The wmemcpy() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Jun 2022 wmemcpy(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wmemcpy(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wmemmove.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wmemmove.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wmemmove.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.707160314 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wmemmove.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.836020701 -0800
@@ -1,13 +1,21 @@
wmemmove(3C) Standard C Library Functions wmemmove(3C)
NAME
- wmemmove - copy wide-characters in memory with overlapping areas
+ wmemmove, wmemmove_s - copy wide-characters in memory with overlapping
+ areas
SYNOPSIS
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t *wmemmove(wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2, size_t n);
+
+ #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
+ #include <wchar.h>
+
+ errno_t wmemmove_s(wchar_t *ws1, rsize_t ws1max,
+ const wchar_t *ws2, rsize_t n);
+
DESCRIPTION
The wmemmove() function copies n wide-characters from the object
pointed to by ws2 to the object pointed to by ws1. Copying takes place
@@ -23,12 +31,24 @@
corresponding to valid characters are not treated specially.
- If n is 0, ws1 and ws2 must be a valid pointers, and the function
- copies zero wide-characters.
+ If n is 0, ws1 and ws2 must be valid pointers, and the function copies
+ zero wide-characters.
+
+
+ The wmemmove_s() function is part of the C11 bounds checking interfaces
+ specified in the C11 standard, Annex K. It provides similar functional-
+ ity to the wmemmove() function, except for additional checks on the pa-
+ rameters passed and explicit runtime constraints as defined in the C11
+ standard. See runtime_constraint_handler(3C) and INCITS/ISO/IEC
+ 9899:2011.
RETURN VALUES
The wmemmove() function returns the value of ws1.
+
+ If no runtime constraint violation is detected, the wmemmove_s() func-
+ tion returns 0, otherwise, it returns a non-zero value.
+
ERRORS
No errors are defined.
@@ -40,14 +60,49 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | MT-Level |MT-Safe |
+ | MT-Level |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
- | Standard |See standards(7). |
+ | Standard |See below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ MT-Level
+ The wmemmove() function is MT-Safe.
+
+
+ The wmemmove_s() function cannot be used safely in a multithreaded ap-
+ plication due to the runtime constraint handler. For more information,
+ see the runtime_constraint_handler(3C) man page.
+
+ Standard
+ See standards(7) for descriptions of the following standards:
+
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | INTERFACES | APPLICABLE STANDARDS |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | wmemmove() | C95 through C11, |
+ | | POSIX.1-2001 through 2008, |
+ | | SUS through SUSv4, |
+ | | XPG4 through XPG7 |
+ | | |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+ | wmemmove_s() |C11 |
+ +---------------------------+--------------------------------+
+
+
SEE ALSO
wmemchr(3C), wmemcmp(3C), wmemcpy(3C), wmemset(3C), attributes(7),
standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Aug 2002 wmemmove(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wmemmove_s() function was added to Solaris in the Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0 release.
+
+
+ The wmemmove() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wmemmove(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wmemset.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wmemset.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wmemset.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.746086485 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wmemset.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.868931628 -0800
@@ -43,4 +43,11 @@
wmemchr(3C), wmemcmp(3C), wmemcpy(3C), wmemmove(3C), attributes(7),
standards(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 2 Jun 2022 wmemset(3C)
+
+ Handling Characters and Character Strings in Internationalizing and Lo-
+ calizing Applications in Oracle Solaris
+
+HISTORY
+ The wmemset() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 7 release.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wmemset(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wsprintf.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wsprintf.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wsprintf.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.795415367 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wsprintf.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.897586489 -0800
@@ -18,13 +18,22 @@
This returns the number of Process Code characters (excluding the null
terminator) that have been written. The conversion specifications and
behavior of wsprintf() are the same as the regular sprintf(3C) function
- except that the result is a Process Code string for wsprintf(), and on
+ except that the result is a Process Code string for wsprintf(), and an
Extended UNIX Code (EUC) character string for sprintf().
RETURN VALUES
Upon successful completion, wsprintf() returns the number of characters
printed. Otherwise, a negative value is returned.
+USAGE
+ The functions provided in <widec.h> are provided for backwards compati-
+ bility, and are not recommended for use in newer code. Instead, the
+ equivalent functions from <wchar.h> should be used for greater porta-
+ bility to other systems.
+
+
+ See swprintf(3C) for the recommended replacement for wsprintf().
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -36,6 +45,17 @@
SEE ALSO
- printf(3C), scanf(3C), sprintf(3C), wsscanf(3C), attributes(7)
+ printf(3C), scanf(3C), sprintf(3C), swprintf(3C), wsscanf(3C), attrib-
+ utes(7)
+
+HISTORY
+ The wsprintf() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.0 re-
+ lease.
+
+
+ In Solaris 2.0 through 2.5, this function was located in the libw li-
+ brary. In Solaris 2.6 and later, it is located in libc, and the libw
+ library is a filter on libc to maintain binary and source compatibil-
+ ity.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 wsprintf(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wsprintf(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wsscanf.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wsscanf.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wsscanf.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.844546605 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wsscanf.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.924859877 -0800
@@ -15,19 +15,28 @@
results in its arguments. It expects, as arguments, a control string
format, and a set of pointer arguments indicating where the converted
input should be stored. The results are undefined if there are insuffi-
- cient args for the format. If the format is exhausted while args re-
- main, the excess args are simply ignored.
+ cient arguments for the format. If the format is exhausted while argu-
+ ments remain, the excess arguments are simply ignored.
The conversion specifications and behavior of wsscanf() are the same as
the regular sscanf(3C) function except that the source is a Process
- Code string for wsscanf() and on Extended UNIX Code (EUC) character
+ Code string for wsscanf() and an Extended UNIX Code (EUC) character
string for sscanf(3C).
RETURN VALUES
Upon successful completion, wsscanf() returns the number of characters
matched. Otherwise, it returns a negative value.
+USAGE
+ The functions provided in <widec.h> are provided for backwards compati-
+ bility, and are not recommended for use in newer code. Instead, the
+ equivalent functions from <wchar.h> should be used for greater porta-
+ bility to other systems.
+
+
+ See wscanf(3C) for the recommended replacement for wsscanf().
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -39,6 +48,15 @@
SEE ALSO
- printf(3C), scanf(3C), wsprintf(3C), attributes(7)
+ printf(3C), scanf(3C), wscanf(3C), wsprintf(3C), attributes(7)
+
+HISTORY
+ The wsscanf() function was added to Solaris in the Solaris 2.0 release.
+
+
+ In Solaris 2.0 through 2.5, this function was located in the libw li-
+ brary. In Solaris 2.6 and later, it is located in libc, and the libw
+ library is a filter on libc to maintain binary and source compatibil-
+ ity.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 wsscanf(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wsscanf(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3c/wstring.3c 11.4.78/man3c/wstring.3c
--- 11.4.75/man3c/wstring.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:00.881255262 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3c/wstring.3c 2025-02-23 08:58:22.963208648 -0800
@@ -44,6 +44,26 @@
The wscol() function returns the screen display width (in columns) of
the Process Code string s.
+USAGE
+ The functions provided in <widec.h> (those with names starting with
+ just "w" instead of "wc") are provided for backwards compatibility, and
+ are not recommended for use in newer code. Instead, the equivalent
+ functions from <wchar.h> should be used for greater portability to
+ other systems.
+
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | LEGACY FUNCTION | PREFERRED ALTERNATIVE |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wscasecmp() |wcscasecmp() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wsncasecmp() |wcsncasecmp() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wsdup() |wcsdup() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | wscol() |wcswidth() |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -55,6 +75,20 @@
SEE ALSO
- malloc(3C), string(3C), wcstring(3C), attributes(7)
+ malloc(3C), string(3C), wcstring(3C), wcswidth(3C), attributes(7)
+
+HISTORY
+ The wscasecmp() and wsncasecmp() functions were added to Solaris in the
+ Solaris 2.2 release.
+
+
+ The wsdup() and wscol() functions were added to Solaris in the Solaris
+ 2.0 release.
+
+
+ In Solaris 2.0 through 2.5, these functions were located in the libw
+ library. In Solaris 2.6 and later, they are located in libc, and the
+ libw library is a filter on libc to maintain binary and source compati-
+ bility.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 wstring(3C)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 wstring(3C)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3dax/dax_thread_init.3dax 11.4.78/man3dax/dax_thread_init.3dax
--- 11.4.75/man3dax/dax_thread_init.3dax 2025-02-23 08:58:00.919797473 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3dax/dax_thread_init.3dax 2025-02-23 08:58:23.014408449 -0800
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
SEE ALSO
- dax_thread_fini(3DAX), dax_set_debug(3DAX), dax_set_log(3DAX), lib-
- dax(3LIB), privileges(5), memcntl(2)
+ memcntl(2), dax_set_debug(3DAX), dax_set_log(3DAX),
+ dax_thread_fini(3DAX), libdax(3LIB), privileges(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 Nov 2018 dax_thread_init(3DAX)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 dax_thread_init(3DAX)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3ext/sha1.3ext 11.4.78/man3ext/sha1.3ext
--- 11.4.75/man3ext/sha1.3ext 2025-02-23 08:58:00.965399739 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3ext/sha1.3ext 2025-02-23 08:58:23.083662386 -0800
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
The SHA-1 algorithm is believed to have some weaknesses. Migration to
one of the SHA-2 or SHA-3 algorithms is highly recommended when compat-
ibility with data formats and network protocols permit doing so. See
- sha2(3EXT) and sha2(3EXT) for functions which use those algorithms.
+ sha2(3EXT) and sha3(3EXT) for functions which use those algorithms.
RETURN VALUES
These functions do not return a value.
@@ -116,4 +116,4 @@
HISTORY
These functions were added to Solaris in Solaris 10 8/07 (Update 4).
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 21 Jun 2021 sha1(3EXT)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 sha1(3EXT)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3kstat2/kstat2_map_get.3kstat2 11.4.78/man3kstat2/kstat2_map_get.3kstat2
--- 11.4.75/man3kstat2/kstat2_map_get.3kstat2 2025-02-23 08:58:01.010416513 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3kstat2/kstat2_map_get.3kstat2 2025-02-23 08:58:23.125006375 -0800
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@
#include <kstat2.h>
- kstat2_status_t kstat2_map_size(kstat2_map_t map,
- kstat2_nv_kind_t kind, uint32_t *size);
+ kstat2_status_t kstat2_map_size(kstat2_map_t map, kstat2_nv_kind_t kind,
+ uint32_t * size);
kstat2_status_t kstat2_map_get(kstat2_map_t map, const char *name,
@@ -38,15 +38,16 @@
const char *name, const char *const values[], uint32_t length);
- kstat2_status_t kstat2_map_remove(kstat2_map_t map, const char *name);
+ kstat2_status_t kstat2_map_remove(kstat2_map_t map,
+ const char *name);
kstat2_status_t kstat2_map_to_array(kstat2_map_t map,
- kstat2_nv_t *nv_array[], uint32_t *size, uint32_t *entries);
+ kstat2_nv_kind_t kind, kstat2_nv_t *nv_array[], uint32_t *size,
+ uint32_t *entries);
- kstat2_status_t kstat2_map_parent(kstat2_map_t map,
- kstat2_map_t *parent);
+ kstat2_status_t kstat2_map_parent(kstat2_map_t map, kstat2_map_t *parent);
DESCRIPTION
The kstat2_map_size() function returns the number of elements in the
@@ -102,18 +103,18 @@
kstat2_map_to_array() copies references to the name or value pairs from
- the map into the passed array. The array parameter should either be
- NULL or have been allocated with malloc(). size must contain current
- size of the array, entries will be set on return to the number of en-
- tries that have been copied into the array. If array is NULL, a new ar-
- ray will be allocated with malloc(). If the supplied array is too
- small, the existing memory will be freed and a new array allocated.
- When the array is no longer required, the caller is responsible for
- disposing of the array with the free() function. As this array directly
- references the name or value pairs stored in the map, any updates to
- the map, such as the removal of name or values or a call to the
- kstat2_update() function will invalidate this array, requiring it to be
- generated.
+ the map into the passed nv_array. The kind parameter specifies the type
+ of elements to retrieve. The array parameter should either be NULL or
+ have been allocated with malloc(). size must contain current size of
+ the array, entries will be set on return to the number of entries that
+ have been copied into the array. If array is NULL, a new array will be
+ allocated with malloc(). If the supplied array is too small, the exist-
+ ing memory will be freed and a new array allocated. When the array is
+ no longer required, the caller is responsible for disposing of the ar-
+ ray with the free() function. As this array directly references the
+ name or value pairs stored in the map, any updates to the map, such as
+ the removal of name or values or a call to the kstat2_update() function
+ will invalidate this array, requiring it to be generated.
kstat2_map_parent() retrieves a reference to the parent map of the cur-
@@ -219,4 +220,4 @@
threads intend to share a kstat2_handle_t or any object obtained
through it. Synchronization is left to the application.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Jul 2018 ks...t(3KSTAT2)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Nov 2024 ks...t(3KSTAT2)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3kstat2/kstat2_map_meta.3kstat2 11.4.78/man3kstat2/kstat2_map_meta.3kstat2
--- 11.4.75/man3kstat2/kstat2_map_meta.3kstat2 2025-02-23 08:58:01.047577163 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3kstat2/kstat2_map_meta.3kstat2 2025-02-23 08:58:23.162273226 -0800
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
ks...a(3KSTAT2) Kernel Statistics Library Functions, Version 2 ks...a(3KSTAT2)
NAME
- kstat2_map_meta, kstat2_nv_meta - retrieve kstat2 metadata
+ kstat2_map_meta, kstat2_map_metatype_string, kstat2_nv_meta - retrieve
+ kstat2 metadata
SYNOPSIS
cc [ flag... ] file... -lkstat2 [ library...]
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@
const char* kstat2_map_metatype_string(uint16_t type);
- kstat2_status_t kstat2_nv_meta(kstat2_map_t map, const char *name,
- kstat2_nv_meta_t *meta);
+ kstat2_status_t kstat2_nv_meta(kstat2_map_t map,
+ const char *name, kstat2_nv_meta_t *meta);
const char* kstat2_nv_metatype_string(uint16_t type);
@@ -29,6 +30,11 @@
kstat2(3KSTAT2).
+ The kstat2_map_metatype_string() function returns a string describing
+ the type of map for the supplied map metadata type. For more informa-
+ tion on the list of available map metadata types, see kstat2(3KSTAT2).
+
+
The kstat2_nv_meta() function retrieves the metadata for a given kstat2
name/value in a map and returns it in the meta parameter. The returned
reference is managed by the library and must not be passed to free().
@@ -36,11 +42,6 @@
see kstat2(3KSTAT2).
- The kstat2_map_metatype_string() function returns a string describing
- the type of map for the supplied map metadata type. For more informa-
- tion on the list of available map metadata types, see kstat2(3KSTAT2).
-
-
The kstat2_nv_metatype_string() function returns a string describing
the type of name/value for the supplied metadata type. For more infor-
mation on the list of available name/value metadata types, see
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3kstat2/kstat2_map_uri.3kstat2 11.4.78/man3kstat2/kstat2_map_uri.3kstat2
--- 11.4.75/man3kstat2/kstat2_map_uri.3kstat2 2025-02-23 08:58:01.076731839 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3kstat2/kstat2_map_uri.3kstat2 2025-02-23 08:58:23.204164139 -0800
@@ -12,10 +12,6 @@
kstat2_status_t kstat2_map_uri(kstat2_map_t map, char **uri);
- kstat2_status_t kstat2_nv_uri(kstat2_map_t map, const char *nv_name,
- char **uri);
-
-
kstat2_status_t kstat2_uri_encode(const char *unenc, char **enc);
@@ -27,12 +23,6 @@
required the caller is responsible for disposing it with free().
- The kstat2_nv_uri() function retrieves the URI for a kstat2 map
- name/value entry. The URI will be returned in the uri parameter. When
- the URI is no longer required the caller is responsible for disposing
- it with free().
-
-
The kstat2_uri_encode() function URI-uncodes a string representing a
component of a kstat2 URI. Any URI-unsafe characters are replaced by
their encoded equivalents and the resulting string is returned in the
@@ -110,4 +100,4 @@
threads intend to share a kstat2_handle_t or any object obtained
through it. Synchronization is left to the application.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 May 2018 ks...i(3KSTAT2)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Nov 2024 ks...i(3KSTAT2)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3kstat2/kstat2.3kstat2 11.4.78/man3kstat2/kstat2.3kstat2
--- 11.4.75/man3kstat2/kstat2.3kstat2 2025-02-23 08:58:01.133859538 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3kstat2/kstat2.3kstat2 2025-02-23 08:58:23.263513107 -0800
@@ -542,25 +542,6 @@
- Obtaining the URI for a Map Element
- Given a reference to a map and the name of an element in the map, the
- URI string representing the map element can be obtained with the
- kstat2_nv_uri() function. After use, the returned value should be dis-
- posed of with a call to free(3C). An example is as follows:
-
-
- char *uri;
- stat = kstat2_nv_uri(map, "some_element", &uri);
- if (stat != KSTAT2_S_OK) {
- (void) printf("can't get nv name: %s\n",
- kstat2_status_string(stat));
- exit(1);
- } else {
- (void) printf("nv URI is %s\n", uri);
- free(uri);
- }
-
-
Obtaining all the Values in a Map
Sometimes it may be necessary to obtain all of the values in a map, for
example, to sort them alphabetically before displaying them. Rather
@@ -1279,4 +1260,4 @@
threads intend to share a kstat2_handle_t or any object obtained
through it. Synchronization is left to the application.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Jan 2024 kstat2(3KSTAT2)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Nov 2024 kstat2(3KSTAT2)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3lib/libc.3lib 11.4.78/man3lib/libc.3lib
--- 11.4.75/man3lib/libc.3lib 2025-02-23 08:58:01.213418028 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3lib/libc.3lib 2025-02-23 08:58:23.347261496 -0800
@@ -1352,4 +1352,34 @@
generation of applications that call the obsolete leading-underscore
synonym functions, nor to endorse this particular programming practice.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 Jan 2024 libc(3LIB)
+HISTORY
+ The historical content of the libnsl(3LIB), libsendfile(3LIB), lib-
+ socket(3LIB), and libxnet(3LIB) libraries moved into the libc library
+ in Oracle Solaris 11.4.0.
+
+
+ The historical content of the libaio(3LIB), libcmd, libdoor(3LIB), li-
+ brt(3LIB), and libsecdb(3LIB) libraries moved into the libc library in
+ Oracle Solaris 11.0.0.
+
+
+ The synonyms compatibility library, c_synonyms.so.1, was added in Ora-
+ cle Solaris 11.0.0, at the same time that those private symbols were
+ removed from libc, to provide a temporary workaround for affected ob-
+ jects until they can be corrected.
+
+
+ The historical content of the libdl(3LIB), libpthread(3LIB), libsched,
+ and libthread(3LIB) libraries moved into the libc library in Solaris 10
+ 3/05.
+
+
+ The historical content of the libintl(3LIB) and libw(3LIB) libraries
+ moved into the libc library in Solaris 2.6.
+
+
+ The 32-bit version of libc.so.1 has been provided in all Sun and Oracle
+ releases of Solaris. The 64-bit version of libc.so.1 was added for
+ SPARC platforms in Solaris 7, and for x86 platforms in Solaris 10 3/05.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2025 libc(3LIB)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3lib/libkstat2.3lib 11.4.78/man3lib/libkstat2.3lib
--- 11.4.75/man3lib/libkstat2.3lib 2025-02-23 08:58:01.256983052 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3lib/libkstat2.3lib 2025-02-23 08:58:23.378172512 -0800
@@ -115,9 +115,6 @@
kstat2_nv_meta Gets the metadata for a name/value
- kstat2_nv_uri Gets the URI for a name/value
-
-
kstat2_open Opens a new kstats session and obtain a
handle
@@ -195,4 +192,4 @@
threads intend to share a kstat2_handle_t or any object obtained
through it. Synchronization is left to the application.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Nov 2017 libkstat2(3LIB)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 17 Nov 2024 libkstat2(3LIB)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man3lib/libw.3lib 11.4.78/man3lib/libw.3lib
--- 11.4.75/man3lib/libw.3lib 2025-02-23 08:58:01.285923171 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man3lib/libw.3lib 2025-02-23 08:58:23.408515339 -0800
@@ -73,4 +73,8 @@
SEE ALSO
pvs(1), libc(3LIB), intro(3), attributes(7)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Aug 2011 libw(3LIB)
+HISTORY
+ In Solaris 2.0 through 2.5, libw was a separate library. In Solaris 2.6
+ and later, is is a filter on libc.so.1.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 libw(3LIB)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man4i/dkio.4i 11.4.78/man4i/dkio.4i
--- 11.4.75/man4i/dkio.4i 2025-02-23 08:58:01.327922613 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man4i/dkio.4i 2025-02-23 08:58:23.479351773 -0800
@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@
SEE ALSO
- ioctl(2), cmdk(4D), sd(4D), cdio(4I), hdio(4I), fdisk(8), format(8)
+ ioctl(2), cmdk(4D), sd(4D), cdio(4I), fdisk(8), format(8)
NOTES
Blocksize information provided in DKIOCGMEDIAINFO is the size (in
@@ -742,4 +742,4 @@
point, the old valid VTOC is read from the disk if it is still avail-
able.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 Jun 2024 dkio(4I)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 dkio(4I)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man4p/route.4p 11.4.78/man4p/route.4p
--- 11.4.75/man4p/route.4p 2025-02-23 08:58:01.374580818 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man4p/route.4p 2025-02-23 08:58:23.525088222 -0800
@@ -198,14 +198,13 @@
uchar_t rtm_version; /* future binary compatibility */
uchar_t rtm_type; /* message type */
ushort_t rtm_index; /* index for associated ifp */
- pid_t rtm_pid; /* identify sender */
+ int rtm_flags; /* flags, incl kern & message, e.g., DONE */
int rtm_addrs; /* bitmask identifying sockaddrs in msg */
+ pid_t rtm_pid; /* identify sender */
int rtm_seq; /* for sender to identify action */
int rtm_errno; /* why failed */
- int rtm_flags; /* flags, incl kern & message, e.g., DONE */
int rtm_use; /* from rtentry */
uint_t rtm_inits; /* which values we are initializing */
-
struct rt_metrics rtm_rmx; /* metrics themselves */
};
@@ -302,4 +294,4 @@
by e.g., TCP. The details of the spreading algorithm is not documented
and is likely to evolve over time.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Nov 2021 route(4P)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 28 Aug 2024 route(4P)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man5/admin.5 11.4.78/man5/admin.5
--- 11.4.75/man5/admin.5 2025-02-23 08:58:01.418653941 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man5/admin.5 2025-02-23 08:58:23.562576258 -0800
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
admin(5) File Formats admin(5)
NAME
- admin - installation defaults file
+ admin - SVR4 package installation defaults file
DESCRIPTION
admin is a generic name for an ASCII file that defines default instal-
- lation actions by assigning values to installation parameters. For ex-
- ample, it allows administrators to define how to proceed when the pack-
- age being installed already exists on the system.
+ lation actions for SVR4 packages by assigning values to installation
+ parameters. For example, it allows administrators to define how to pro-
+ ceed when the package being installed already exists on the system.
/var/sadm/install/admin/default is the default admin file delivered
@@ -313,6 +311,13 @@
default admin file
+USAGE
+ The admin file is used when installing legacy SVR4 packages created for
+ older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later re-
+ leases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed and man-
+ aged using the pkg(1) command. There is no equivalent to admin files in
+ IPS.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -334,4 +339,18 @@
installer interaction). Doing so causes installation to fail at the
point when input is needed.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 Apr 2023 admin(5)
+HISTORY
+ Support for package signatures, and for installation from http: or
+ https: URIs, including the authentication, keystore, networkretries,
+ networktimeout, and proxy parameters, was added in Solaris 9 12/03 (Up-
+ date 5) and removed in Oracle Solaris 11.4.60.
+
+
+ Support for the rscriptalt parameter was added in Solaris 10 3/05.
+
+
+ Support for admin files, including the parameters action, basedir, con-
+ flict, idepend, instance, mail, partial, rdepend, runlevel, setuid, and
+ space, was added in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 admin(5)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man5/compver.5 11.4.78/man5/compver.5
--- 11.4.75/man5/compver.5 2025-02-23 08:58:01.445616283 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man5/compver.5 2025-02-23 08:58:23.600063851 -0800
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
compver(5) File Formats compver(5)
NAME
- compver - compatible versions file
+ compver - SVR4 package compatible versions file
DESCRIPTION
compver is an ASCII file used to specify previous versions of the asso-
- ciated package which are upward compatible. It is created by a package
- developer.
+ ciated SVR4 package which are upward compatible. It is created by a
+ package developer.
Each line of the file specifies a previous version of the associated
@@ -34,6 +34,13 @@
Version 1.0
+USAGE
+ The compver file is used when installing legacy SVR4 packages created
+ for older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later
+ releases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed and man-
+ aged using the pkg(1) command. There is no direct equivalent to compver
+ in IPS, as IPS offers more options for version matching in dependencies
+ than SVR4 packaging did.
SEE ALSO
pkginfo(5)
@@ -47,4 +54,4 @@
The entries in the compver file must match the values assigned to the
VERSION parameter in the pkginfo(5) files.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Oct 1996 compver(5)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 compver(5)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man5/contents.5 11.4.78/man5/contents.5
--- 11.4.75/man5/contents.5 2025-02-23 08:58:01.477727950 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man5/contents.5 2025-02-23 08:58:23.629690049 -0800
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
contents(5) File Formats contents(5)
NAME
- contents - list of files and associated packages
+ contents - list of files and associated SVR4 packages
SYNOPSIS
/var/sadm/install/contents
@@ -113,6 +111,14 @@
modtime The time of last modification (see pkgmap(5)).
+USAGE
+ The contents file only includes files from legacy SVR4 packages created
+ for older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later
+ releases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed and man-
+ aged using the pkg(1) command. There is no equivalent ASCII file in the
+ IPS packaging system, instead information about files installed by IPS
+ packages is available from the pkg contents subcommmand.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -132,16 +138,18 @@
As shown above, the interface stability of /var/sadm/install/contents
is Uncommitted (see attributes(7)). It is common practice to use this
file in a read-only manner to determine which files belong to which
- packages installed on a system. While this file has been present for
- many releases of the Solaris operating system, it might not be present
- in future releases. The fully supported way to obtain information from
- the installed package database is through pkgchk(8). It is highly rec-
- ommended that you use pkgchk rather than relying on the contents file.
+ SVR4 packages installed on a system. While this file has been present
+ for many releases of the Solaris operating system, it might not be
+ present in future releases. The fully supported way to obtain informa-
+ tion from the installed SVR4 package database is through pkgchk(8). It
+ is highly recommended that you use pkgchk rather than relying on the
+ contents file.
Note that only packages installed via SVR4 package commands are in-
cluded in the contents file. While pkgchk(8) is the recommended way to
- query for packages, you need to use pkg(1) to query most of the pack-
- ages on the system as they will be installed via IPS instead of SVR4.
+ query for SVR4 packages, you need to use pkg(1) to query most of the
+ packages on a Solaris 11 or later system as they will be installed via
+ IPS instead of SVR4.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 16 Sep 2014 contents(5)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 contents(5)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man5/copyright.5 11.4.78/man5/copyright.5
--- 11.4.75/man5/copyright.5 2025-02-23 08:58:01.570267102 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man5/copyright.5 2025-02-23 08:58:23.735082174 -0800
@@ -1,12 +1,22 @@
copyright(5) File Formats copyright(5)
NAME
- copyright - copyright information file
+ copyright - SVR4 package copyright information file
DESCRIPTION
- copyright is an ASCII file used to provide a copyright notice for a
- package. The text may be in any format. The full file contents (includ-
- ing comment lines) are displayed on the terminal at the time of package
- installation.
+ copyright is an ASCII file used to provide a copyright and/or license
+ notice for an SVR4 package. The text may be in any plain text format.
+ The full file contents (including comment lines) are displayed on the
+ terminal at the time of package installation.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Feb 1997 copyright(5)
+USAGE
+ The copyright file is used when making legacy SVR4 packages designed
+ for older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later
+ releases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed and man-
+ aged using the pkg(1) command. The IPS replacement for the copyright
+ file is the license action, described in pkg(7).
+
+SEE ALSO
+ prototype(5)
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 copyright(5)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man5/depend.5 11.4.78/man5/depend.5
--- 11.4.75/man5/depend.5 2025-02-23 08:58:01.613215913 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man5/depend.5 2025-02-23 08:58:23.777680748 -0800
@@ -1,18 +1,18 @@
depend(5) File Formats depend(5)
NAME
- depend - software dependencies file
+ depend - SVR4 package dependencies file
DESCRIPTION
depend is an ASCII file used to specify information concerning software
- dependencies for a particular package. The file is created by a soft-
- ware developer.
+ dependencies for a particular SVR4 package. The file is created by a
+ software developer.
- Each entry in the depend file describes a single software package. The
- instance of the package is described after the entry line by giving the
- package architecture and/or version. The format of each entry and sub-
- sequent instance definition is:
+ Each entry in the depend file describes a single SVR4 software package.
+ The instance of the package is described after the entry line by giving
+ the package architecture and/or version. The format of each entry and
+ subsequent instance definition is:
type pkg name
(arch)version
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
EXAMPLES
- Example 1 Sample of depend file
+ Example 1 Sample depend file
@@ -81,10 +81,17 @@
R SUNWftpu FTP Server, (Usr)
-
-
+USAGE
+ The depend file is used when making legacy SVR4 packages designed for
+ older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later re-
+ leases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed and man-
+ aged using the pkg(1) command. The IPS replacement for the depend file
+ is the depend action, described in pkg(7). For an SVR4 package to list
+ a dependency on an IPS package, the IPS package must provide a legacy
+ action, defining the SVR4 equivalent package abbreviation to be listed
+ in the depend file.
SEE ALSO
pkginfo(5)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Oct 1996 depend(5)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 depend(5)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man5/locale_description.5 11.4.78/man5/locale_description.5
--- 11.4.75/man5/locale_description.5 2025-02-23 08:58:01.644074916 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man5/locale_description.5 2025-02-23 08:58:23.807288088 -0800
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
locale_description - locale description file
SYNOPSIS
- /usr/lib/locale/<localename>/locale_description
+ /usr/lib/locale/localename/locale_description
DESCRIPTION
The locale_description file is the source of extended attributes and
@@ -22,86 +22,113 @@
The valid keys and corresponding values are:
- Key Value
- language The two-letter language code from
- ISO 639.
- language-<language> The language name in the native
- language represented by the <lan-
- guage>, where <language> is a
- two-letter language code from ISO
- 639.
- language-<language>_<territory> The language name in the native
- language represented by the <lan-
- guage> and <territory>, where
- <language> is a two-letter lan-
- guage code from ISO 639 and <ter-
- ritory> is an ISO 3166 two-letter
- territory code.
- territory The ISO 3166-1 territory code of
- the locale.
- territory-<language> The territory name in the native
- language represented by the <lan-
- guage>, where <language> is a
- two-letter language code from ISO
- 639.
- territory-<language>_<territory> The territory name in the native
- language represented by the <lan-
- guage> and <territory>, where
- <language> is a two-letter lan-
- guage code from ISO 639 and <ter-
- ritory> is an ISO 3166 two-letter
- territory code.
- codeset The codeset of the locale.
- codeset-<language> The codeset name in the native
- language represented by the <lan-
- guage>, where <language> is a
- two-letter language code from ISO
- 639.
- codeset-<language>_<territory> The codeset name in the native
- language represented by the <lan-
- guage> and <territory>, where
- <language> is a two-letter lan-
- guage code from ISO 639 and <ter-
- ritory> is an ISO 3166 two-letter
- territory code.
- modifier The modifier name for the locale.
- modifier-<language> The modifier name in the native
- language represented by the <lan-
- guage> where, <language> is a
- two-letter language code from ISO
- 639.
- modifier-<language>_<territory> The modifier name in the native
- language represented by the <lan-
- guage> and <territory>, where
- <language> is a two-letter lan-
- guage code from ISO 639 and <ter-
- ritory> is an ISO 3166 two-letter
- territory code.
- locale-<language> The locale name in the native
- language by the <language> where,
- <language> is a two-letter lan-
- guage code from ISO 639.
- locale-<language>_<territory> The locale name in the native
- language represented by the <lan-
- guage> and <territory>, where
- <language> is a two-letter lan-
- guage code from ISO 639 and <ter-
- ritory> is an ISO 3166 two-letter
- territory code.
- timezone The time zone valid for the lo-
- cale. The key can be used multi-
- ple times, the value is then a
- list of all the individual values
- for each instance of the key.
- legacy The locale is legacy locale. The
- valid value is 'yes' or 'true'.
- alias The locale name alias. Only lo-
- cale name aliases defined in lo-
- cale_alias(7) are allowed. The
- key can be used multiple times,
- the value is then a list of all
- the individual values for each
- instance of the key.
+
+ language
+
+ The two-letter language code from ISO 639.
+
+
+ language-language
+
+ The language name in the native language represented by the lan-
+ guage, where language is a two-letter language code from ISO 639.
+
+
+ language-language_territory
+
+ The language name in the native language represented by the lan-
+ guage and territory, where language is a two-letter language code
+ from ISO 639 and territory is an ISO 3166 two-letter territory
+ code.
+
+
+ territory
+
+ The ISO 3166-1 territory code of the locale.
+
+
+ territory-language
+
+ The territory name in the native language represented by the lan-
+ guage, where language is a two-letter language code from ISO 639.
+
+
+ territory-language_territory
+
+ The territory name in the native language represented by the lan-
+ guage and territory, where language is a two-letter language code
+ from ISO 639 and territory is an ISO 3166 two-letter territory
+ code.
+
+
+ codeset
+
+ The codeset of the locale.
+
+
+ codeset-language
+
+ The codeset name in the native language represented by the lan-
+ guage, where language is a two-letter language code from ISO 639.
+
+
+ codeset-language_territory
+
+ The codeset name in the native language represented by the language
+ and territory, where language is a two-letter language code from
+ ISO 639 and territory is an ISO 3166 two-letter territory code.
+
+
+ modifier
+
+ The modifier name for the locale.
+
+
+ modifier-language
+
+ The modifier name in the native language represented by the lan-
+ guage, where language is a two-letter language code from ISO 639.
+
+
+ modifier-language_territory
+
+ The modifier name in the native language represented by the lan-
+ guage and territory, where language is a two-letter language code
+ from ISO 639 and territory is an ISO 3166 two-letter territory
+ code.
+
+
+ locale-language
+
+ The locale name in the native language represented by the language,
+ where language is a two-letter language code from ISO 639.
+
+
+ locale-language_territory
+
+ The locale name in the native language represented by the language
+ and territory, where language is a two-letter language code from
+ ISO 639 and territory is an ISO 3166 two-letter territory code.
+
+
+ timezone
+
+ The time zone valid for the locale. The key can be used multiple
+ times, the value is then a list of all the individual values for
+ each instance of the key.
+
+
+ legacy
+
+ The locale is legacy locale. The valid value is 'yes' or 'true'.
+
+
+ alias
+
+ The locale name alias. Only locale name aliases defined in lo-
+ cale_alias(7) are allowed. The key can be used multiple times, the
+ value is then a list of all the individual values for each instance
+ of the key.
@@ -110,23 +137,23 @@
If the locale follows the suggested naming convention, the values of
- <language>, <territory> and others are determined from the locale name.
- If the locale does not follow the naming convention and the locale_de-
- scription file does not exist, the <language>, <territory> and other
- values are unknown for the given locale.
+ language, territory, and others are determined from the locale name. If
+ the locale does not follow the naming convention and the locale_de-
+ scription file does not exist, the language, territory, and other val-
+ ues are unknown for the given locale.
- If the language-<language> is not defined, but it is defined in other
- locale with the same language, the value from the locale is used. The
+ If the language-language is not defined, but it is defined in another
+ locale with the same language, the value from that locale is used. The
locale with the same territory is preferred if multiple locales match.
- The same logic is applicable for territory-<language>, codeset-<lan-
- guage>, and modifier-<language>.
+ The same logic is applicable for territory-language, codeset-language,
+ and modifier-language.
- If timezone is not defined, but it is defined in other locale with the
- same language and territory, the value from the locale is used. If no
- definition is found, but time zone is defined in other locale with the
- same territory, the value is used.
+ If timezone is not defined, but it is defined in another locale with
+ the same language and territory, the value from that locale is used. If
+ no definition is found, but time zone is defined in another locale with
+ the same territory, that value is used.
The text file codeset is UTF-8.
@@ -173,4 +196,8 @@
SEE ALSO
localedef(1), locale_alias(7), nlsadm(8)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 locale_description(5)
+
+ Overview of Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 locale_description(5)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man5/pkginfo.5 11.4.78/man5/pkginfo.5
--- 11.4.75/man5/pkginfo.5 2025-02-23 08:58:01.699655205 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man5/pkginfo.5 2025-02-23 08:58:23.850394632 -0800
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
pkginfo(5) File Formats pkginfo(5)
NAME
- pkginfo - package characteristics file
+ pkginfo - SVR4 package characteristics file
DESCRIPTION
- pkginfo is an ASCII file that describes the characteristics of the
+ pkginfo is an ASCII file that describes the characteristics of the SVR4
package along with information that helps control the flow of installa-
tion. It is created by the software package developer.
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
There is no required order in which the parameters must be specified
- within the file. The PKG, NAME, ARCH, VERSION and CATEGORY parameters
+ within the file. The PKG, NAME, ARCH, VERSION, and CATEGORY parameters
are mandatory. Other parameters are optional.
@@ -77,7 +77,10 @@
characters in the abbreviation. The first character cannot be nu-
meric, a + or a -.
- The abbreviation is limited to a maximum length of 32 characters.
+ The abbreviation is limited to a maximum length of 64 characters,
+ unless the PKG_ABI_NAMELENGTH environment variable is set, in which
+ case the SVR4 ABI limit of 9 characters is enforced.
+
install, new, and all are reserved abbreviations. It is customary
to make the first four letters unique to your company, such as the
company's stock symbol.
@@ -190,10 +193,10 @@
RSTATES
A list of allowable run states for package removal (for example, "S
- s 1" allows run states of S, s or 1). The Solaris operating system
+ s 1" allows run states of S, s, or 1). The Solaris operating system
supports the run levels s, S, 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6. Applicable run
- levels for this parameter are s, S, 1, 2, and 3 See init(8) for de-
- tails.
+ levels for this parameter are s, S, 1, 2, and 3. See init(8) for
+ details.
SUNW_ISA
@@ -206,13 +209,13 @@
SUNW_LOC
- Oracle Solaris-only optional parameter used to indicate a software
- package containing localization files for a given product or appli-
- cation. The parameter value is a comma-separated list of locales
- supported by a package. It is only used for packages containing lo-
- calization files, typically the message catalogues. The allowable
- values for this string field are those found in the table of Stan-
- dard Locale Names.
+ Solaris-only optional parameter used to indicate a software package
+ containing localization files for a given product or application.
+ The parameter value is a comma-separated list of locales supported
+ by a package. It is only used for packages containing localization
+ files, typically the message catalogues. The allowable values for
+ this string field are those found in the table of Standard Locale
+ Names.
SUNW_LOC="<locale_name>,<locale_name>,..,\
@@ -493,8 +493,8 @@
Solaris-only parameter indicating the version or release of the
product described in SUNW_PRODNAME (maximum length of 256 ASCII
characters). For example, where SUNW_PRODNAME="SunOS", and the So-
- laris 2.x Beta release, this string could be "5.x BETA", while for
- the Solaris 2.x FCS release, the string would be "5.x". For Solaris
+ laris x Beta release, this string could be "5.x BETA", while for
+ the Solaris x FCS release, the string would be "5.x". For Solaris
10, the string is "5.10". If the SUNW_PRODNAME parameter is NULL,
so should be the SUNW_PRODVERS parameter.
@@ -502,8 +502,8 @@
ULIMIT
If set, this parameter is passed as an argument to the ulimit(1)
- command (see limit(1)), which establishes the maximum size of a
- file during installation.
+ command, which establishes the maximum size of a file during in-
+ stallation.
VENDOR
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@
If the variable is set and not equal to global, the package is be-
ing installed to or removed from the non-global zone named by the
- contents of the environment variable ${SUNW_PKG_INSTALL_ZONENAME}.
+ contents of the environment variable SUNW_PKG_INSTALL_ZONENAME.
PKG_INIT_INSTALL
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@
If this variable is not set, or set and not equal to TRUE, then the
package is not being installed as part of an initial installation
- of Oracle Solaris.
+ of Solaris.
@@ -605,6 +605,13 @@
RSTATES="S 2"
+USAGE
+ The pkginfo file is used when making legacy SVR4 packages designed for
+ older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later re-
+ leases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed and man-
+ aged using the pkg(1) command. The IPS replacement for the pkginfo file
+ is the set action, described in pkg(7).
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -615,6 +622,11 @@
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| Interface Stability |See entries below |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+
+
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
+ | INTERFACE | STABILITY LEVEL |
+ +------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| PKG value |Committed |
+------------------------------+-----------------------------+
| VERSION value |Committed |
@@ -671,4 +683,13 @@
Trailing white space after any parameter value is ignored.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2020 pkginfo(5)
+HISTORY
+ The maximum length of the package abbreviation in the PKG parameter was
+ increased from 32 to 64 in Oracle Solaris 11.4.0.
+
+
+ The maximum length of the package abbreviation in the PKG parameter was
+ increased from 9 to 32 in the Solaris 9 release and patches for Solaris
+ 2.6, 7, & 8.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 pkginfo(5)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man5/pkgmap.5 11.4.78/man5/pkgmap.5
--- 11.4.75/man5/pkgmap.5 2025-02-23 08:58:01.744806441 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man5/pkgmap.5 2025-02-23 08:58:23.900819877 -0800
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
pkgmap(5) File Formats pkgmap(5)
NAME
- pkgmap - package contents description file
+ pkgmap - SVR4 package contents description file
DESCRIPTION
- pkgmap is an ASCII file that provides a complete listing of the package
- contents. It is automatically generated by pkgmk(1) using the informa-
- tion in the prototype(5) file.
+ pkgmap is an ASCII file that provides a complete listing of the SVR4
+ package contents. It is automatically generated by pkgmk(1) using the
+ information in the prototype(5) file.
Each entry in pkgmap describes a single deliverable object file. A de-
@@ -215,6 +215,12 @@
2 d none tmp 0755 root bin
+USAGE
+ The pkgmap file is used when working with legacy SVR4 packages designed
+ for older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later
+ releases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed and man-
+ aged using the pkg(1) command. The IPS replacement for the pkgmap file
+ is the package manifest, described in pkg(7).
SEE ALSO
pkgmk(1), stat(2), pkginfo(5), prototype(5), pkgadd(8)
@@ -222,4 +228,4 @@
NOTES
The pkgmap file may contain only one entry per unique pathname.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 7 Jul 2011 pkgmap(5)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 pkgmap(5)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man5/proc.5 11.4.78/man5/proc.5
--- 11.4.75/man5/proc.5 2025-02-23 08:58:01.865828652 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man5/proc.5 2025-02-23 08:58:24.117855018 -0800
@@ -124,10 +124,10 @@
The system supports two process data models, the traditional 32-bit
- data model in which ints, longs and pointers are all 32 bits wide (the
+ data model in which ints, longs, and pointers are all 32 bits wide (the
ILP32 data model), and the 64-bit data model in which longs and point-
ers, but not ints, are 64 bits in width (the LP64 data model). In the
- LP64 data model some system data types, notably size_t, off_t, time_t
+ LP64 data model some system data types, notably size_t, off_t, time_t,
and dev_t, grow from 32 bits to 64 bits as well.
@@ -266,6 +266,7 @@
sysset_t pr_sysexit; /* set of system calls traced on exit */
char pr_dmodel; /* data model of the process */
uchar_t pr_adi_nbits; /* # of VA bits used by ADI when enabled */
+ ushort_t pr_umask; /* umask */
taskid_t pr_taskid; /* task id */
projid_t pr_projid; /* project id */
int pr_nzomb; /* number of zombie lwps in the process */
@@ -301,23 +302,28 @@
PR_MSACCT Set by default in all processes to indicate that mi-
crostate accounting is enabled. However, this flag has
been deprecated and no longer has any effect. Microstate
- accounting cannot be disabled; however, it is still possi-
- ble to toggle the flag.
+ accounting cannot be disabled; however, it is still pos-
+ sible to toggle the flag.
PR_MSFORK Set by default in all processes to indicate that mi-
crostate accounting is enabled for processes that this
- parent forks(). However, this flag has been deprecated and
- no longer has any effect. It is possible to toggle this
- flag; however, it is not possible to disable microstate
- accounting.
+ parent forks(). However, this flag has been deprecated
+ and no longer has any effect. It is possible to toggle
+ this flag; however, it is not possible to disable mi-
+ crostate accounting.
PR_BPTADJ process has its breakpoint adjustment mode set (see PC-
SET).
- PR_PTRACE process has its ptrace-compatibility mode set (see PCSET).
+ PR_PTRACE process has its ptrace-compatibility mode set (see PC-
+ SET).
+
+
+ PR_SPAWNING system is in the process of spawning a new process and
+ has not yet started running the process.
@@ -389,6 +395,10 @@
page.
+ The pr_umask field contains the current file mode creation mask of the
+ process, as set by umask(2).
+
+
The pr_taskid, pr_projid, and pr_zoneid fields contain respectively,
the numeric IDs of the task, project, and zone in which the process was
running.
@@ -789,9 +799,9 @@
In prior releases the lwpsinfo pr_addr and pr_wchan fields contained
- kernel memory addresses for the corresponding kernel data structures in
- this release those fields are now always 0 unless running with all
- privileges.
+ kernel memory addresses for the corresponding kernel data structures.
+ In Oracle Solaris 11.0 and later releases, those fields are now always
+ 0 unless running with all privileges.
lwpsinfo_t.pr_flag is a deprecated interface that should no longer be
@@ -854,6 +864,11 @@
The full size of the structure can be computed using
PRIV_PRPRIV_SIZE(prpriv_t *).
+ clearance
+ Contains a m_label_t representing the clearance(7) of the process. The
+ current process must have normal access to the target proces and must
+ dominate the target process's clearance.
+
sigact
Contains an array of sigaction structures describing the current dispo-
sitions of all signals associated with the traced process (see sigac-
@@ -959,7 +974,19 @@
MA_OSM mapping shared memory created with shmget_osm(2)
- MA_ADI Mapping is ADI-enabled.
+ MA_ADI mapping is ADI-enabled
+
+
+ MA_CMI mapping is a local segment shared using cmi(7)
+
+
+ MA_CMI_REMOTE mapping is a remote segment shared using cmi(7)
+
+
+ MA_GUEST mapping is guest memory for a kernel zone
+
+
+ MA_INCOMPLETE mapping information is incomplete
@@ -1087,42 +1114,42 @@
pr_fd contains file descriptor number whose information is described in
- current instance. A negative number denotes inability to gather infor-
- mation about the specific file descriptor.
+ the current instance. A negative number denotes inability to gather in-
+ formation about the specific file descriptor.
pr_mode refers to the mode of the file as described for st_mode in
- stat(2) system call.
+ stat(2).
- pr_ino is the inode number of the file as descried for st_ino in
- stat(2) system call.
+ pr_ino is the inode number of the file as described for st_ino in
+ stat(2).
pr_size is the total size of the file in bytes as described for st_size
- in stat(2) system call.
+ in stat(2).
pr_offset is the file descriptor's current offset within the file.
pr_uid is the user ID of the file's owner as described for st_uid in
- stat(2) system call.
+ stat(2).
- pr_gid is the group ID of the file's group as described for the st_gid
- in stat(2) system call.
+ pr_gid is the group ID of the file's group as described for st_gid in
+ stat(2).
- pr_major, pr_minor together represents the file system that contains
- the file as described for the st_dev in stat(2) system call.
+ pr_major, pr_minor together represent the file system that contains the
+ file as described for the st_dev in stat(2).
- pr_rmajor, pr_rminor together represents the device number of special
- files as described for the st_rdev in stat(2) system call.
+ pr_rmajor, pr_rminor together represent the device number of special
+ files as described for the st_rdev in stat(2).
- pr_fileflags represents the file status flag, file access modes and
+ pr_fileflags represents the file status flag, file access modes, and
file creation and assignment flags defined in <fnctl.h>. See F_GETXFL
in fcntl(2) for more details.
@@ -1132,8 +1159,8 @@
pr_locktype is the type of first lock which prevents a write lock being
- acquired on the file pointed to by pr_fd. Will be set to F_UNLCK when
- no locks are found.
+ acquired on the file pointed to by pr_fd. It will be set to F_UNLCK
+ when no locks are found.
pr_lockpid is the process id of the process holding the lock type
@@ -1143,7 +1170,8 @@
pr_locksysid is the system id of the process represented by pr_lockpid.
- pr_peerpid is the pid of the peer process in case of sockets and doors.
+ pr_peerpid is the pid of the peer process in the case of sockets and
+ doors.
pr_filler is reserved for future use.
@@ -1243,7 +1271,7 @@
sockopt.
- PR_SOCKOPT_FLOW
+ PR_SOCKOPT_FLOW_SLA
Data contains socket option as defined by a sock_flow_props_t
from SO_FLOW_SLA sockopt.
@@ -1507,7 +1535,7 @@
the pr_lwpid, pr_tstamp, pr_create, and pr_term entries, the entry-by-
entry summation over all these structures is the definition of the
process usage information obtained from the usage file. (See also
- /proc/pid/lwp/lwpid/lwpusage, below.)
+ /proc/pid/lwp/lwpid/lwpusage below.)
lwp
A directory containing entries each of which names an active or zombie
@@ -1955,7 +1983,7 @@
PR_FORK (inherit-on-fork): When set, the process's tracing flags
and its inherit-on-fork mode are inherited by the child of
- a fork(2), fork1(2), vfork(2) or spawn(2). When unset,
+ a fork(2), fork1(2), vfork(2), or spawn(2). When unset,
child processes start with all tracing flags cleared. In
the case of spawn(2), a new executable will stop at the
end of spawn() function, just before it starts to run the
@@ -2138,7 +2166,7 @@
The agent lwp is not allowed to execute any variation of the SYS_fork,
- SYS_exec or SYS_spawn system call traps. Attempts to do so yield ENOT-
+ SYS_exec, or SYS_spawn system call traps. Attempts to do so yield ENOT-
SUP to the agent lwp.
@@ -2335,6 +2363,11 @@
process privileges
+ /proc/pid/clearance
+
+ process clearance
+
+
/proc/pid/sigact
process signal actions
@@ -2400,6 +2433,17 @@
aliases for process's open files
+ /proc/pid/fdinfo
+
+ directory (list of open file descriptors)
+
+
+ /proc/pid/fdinfo/*
+
+ files containing information about each of the process's open file
+ descriptors
+
+
/proc/pid/object
directory (list of mapped files)
@@ -2501,7 +2545,8 @@
pthread_join(3C), ptrace(3C), readdir(3C), thr_create(3C),
thr_join(3C), wait(3C), siginfo.h(3HEAD), signal.h(3HEAD),
types32.h(3HEAD), ucontext.h(3HEAD), libproc(3LIB), contract(5),
- process(5), lfcompile(7), privileges(7), chroot(8), prstat(8)
+ process(5), clearance(7), cmi(7), lfcompile(7), privileges(7),
+ chroot(8), prstat(8)
The Process File System and Process Model in UNIX System V, Roger
@@ -2614,4 +2659,135 @@
<sys/regset.h> are similar to but not the same as the types prgregset_t
and prfpregset_t defined in <procfs.h>.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 Jan 2024 proc(5)
+HISTORY
+ The pr_umask field was added to the psinfo_t structure in Oracle So-
+ laris 11.4.72.
+
+
+ The PR_SPAWNING process flag and the MA_INCOMPLETE memory mapping flag
+ were added in Oracle Solaris 11.4.51.
+
+
+ The pr_igttyintr field was added to the psinfo_t structure in Oracle
+ Solaris 11.4.15.
+
+
+ The MA_CORE_NODATA memory mapping flag was added in Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.0.
+
+
+ The pr_fdrlimit field in the pstatus_t structure and the /proc/pid/fd-
+ info files containing the prfdinfo_t structure along with the assorted
+ structure types for the pr_misc entries in the prfdinfo_t structure
+ were added in Oracle Solaris 11.4.0.
+
+
+ The /proc/pid/clearance files were added in Oracle Solaris 11.4.0.
+
+
+ The pr_rssizepriv field was added to the psinfo_t structure in Oracle
+ Solaris 11.3.24.
+
+
+ The MA_CMI and MA_CMI_REMOTE mapping flags were added in Oracle Solaris
+ 11.3.11.
+
+
+ The /proc/pid/cmdline, /proc/pid/environ, and /proc/pid/execname files
+ were added in Oracle Solaris 11.3.5.
+
+
+ The /proc/pid/prune file and the MA_PRUNED_IN/MA_PRUNED_OUT flags in
+ the map and xmap files were added in Oracle Solaris 11.3.0.
+
+
+ The pr_name field was changed to be PRLNSZ bytes and moved to the end
+ of the lwpsinfo_t structure in the Oracle Solaris 11.3.0 release. Soft-
+ ware built with headers from older releases will not see thread names
+ until it is rebuilt with the headers from Solaris 11.3.0 or later.
+
+
+ The pr_adi field in the lwpstatus_t structure, the pr_adi_nbits field
+ in the pstatus_t structure, the MA_ADI memory mapping flag, and the
+ /proc/pid/adias file were added in Oracle Solaris 11.2.8.
+
+
+ The MA_GUEST memory mapping flag was added in Oracle Solaris 11.2.0.
+
+
+ The pr_last_onproc field was added to the lwpsinfo_t structure in Ora-
+ cle Solaris 11.1.0.
+
+
+ The PCSCXREG control operation and the /proc/pid/lwp/lwpid/cxregs file
+ were added in Oracle Solaris 11.1.0 and Solaris 10 1/13 (Update 11).
+
+
+ The MA_OSM memory mapping flag was added in Oracle Solaris 11.0.0 and
+ Solaris 10 1/13 (Update 11).
+
+
+ The /proc/pid/xmap file became a publicly documented interface with a
+ Committed interface stability level in Oracle Solaris 11.0.0. It was
+ previously an undocumented private interface in the Solaris 2.6 through
+ Solaris 10 releases.
+
+
+ The pr_lgrp field was added to the lwpsinfo_t structure in Oracle So-
+ laris 11.0.0.
+
+
+ The pr_addr and pr_wchan fields of lwpsinfo were restricted to only be
+ visible to processes running with all privileges in Oracle Solaris
+ 11.0.0.
+
+
+ The pr_contract, pr_nzomb, pr_poolid, and pr_zoneid fields in the
+ psinfo_t structure; the pr_nzomb and pr_zoneid fields in the pstatus_t
+ structure; the pr_errpriv field int the lwpstatus_t structure; the PCS-
+ CREDX and PCSPRIV control operations; the MA_SHM mapping flag; the
+ /proc/pid/priv file; and the /proc/pid/contracts, /proc/pid/path, &
+ /proc/pid/lwp/lwpid/templates directories were all added in Oracle So-
+ laris 10 3/05.
+
+
+ The pr_flag field of the lwpsinfo_t and psinfo_t structures was de-
+ clared deprecated in Solaris 10 3/05.
+
+
+ The pr_ustack field was added to the lwpstatus_t structure in Solaris 9
+ 4/03 (Update 3).
+
+
+ The MA_NORESERVE mapping flag was added in Solaris 9.
+
+
+ The pr_utime and pr_stime fields were added to the lwpstatus_t struc-
+ ture in Solaris 9.
+
+
+ The pr_taskid and pr_projid fields were added to the psinfo_t and psta-
+ tus_t structures in Solaris 8 6/00 (Update 1).
+
+
+ The MA_ISM mapping flag was added in Solaris 8.
+
+
+ The PCSASRS control operation, the pr_dmodel fields in psinfo_t and
+ pstatus_t, and the /proc/pid/lwp/lwpid/asrs file were added in Solaris
+ 7.
+
+
+ The Solaris 2.6 release changed from using a single file per process
+ with ioctl(2) calls made on those files to the current model with mul-
+ tiple files per process/lwp and use of standard read and write opera-
+ tions on those files. Solaris 2.6 also introduced the agent lwp as part
+ of the new model. Support for the old ioctl operations was left in
+ place through the Oracle Solaris 11.3 release - only a subset of the
+ ioctls are still supported in Oracle Solaris 11.4.
+
+
+ The original version of the /proc filesystem was introduced in Solaris
+ 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 27 Sep 2024 proc(5)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man5/prototype.5 11.4.78/man5/prototype.5
--- 11.4.75/man5/prototype.5 2025-02-23 08:58:01.896855676 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man5/prototype.5 2025-02-23 08:58:24.177939419 -0800
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
prototype(5) File Formats prototype(5)
NAME
- prototype - package information file
+ prototype - SVR4 package information file
DESCRIPTION
- prototype is an ASCII file used to specify package information. Each
- entry in the file describes a single deliverable object. An object can
- be a data file, directory, source file, executable object, and so
+ prototype is an ASCII file used to specify SVR4 package information.
+ Each entry in the file describes a single deliverable object. An object
+ can be a data file, directory, source file, executable object, and so
forth. This file is generated by the package developer.
@@ -256,6 +255,12 @@
!include $PROJDIR/src/lib/proto
+USAGE
+ The prototype file is used when making legacy SVR4 packages designed
+ for older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later
+ releases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed and man-
+ aged using the pkg(1) command. The IPS replacement for the prototype
+ file is the package manifest, described in pkg(7).
SEE ALSO
pkgmk(1), pkginfo(5)
@@ -278,4 +283,4 @@
d none /usr/dev/bin
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 prototype(5)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 prototype(5)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man5/shadow.5 11.4.78/man5/shadow.5
--- 11.4.75/man5/shadow.5 2025-02-23 08:58:01.927898806 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man5/shadow.5 2025-02-23 08:58:24.221771223 -0800
@@ -35,12 +35,47 @@
the login is not accessible, or no string, which shows that
there is no password for the login.
- The lock string is defined as *LK* in the first four char-
- acters of the password field if the account was manually
- locked, or *AL* if the account was automatically locked due
- to the number of authentication failures reaching the con-
- figured maximum allowed. See policy.conf(5) and
- user_attr(5).
+ When a user account is delivered via a pkg(7) user action
+ it must not be modified using passwd(1) (or any other
+ means), except for the setting of a password hash when the
+ user actions is defined with password=UP.
+
+ *LK* The lock string is defined as *LK* in the first
+ four (or only four) characters of the password
+ field if the account was manually locked, by an ad-
+ min running passwd -l.
+
+
+ *AL* Prefix on the password hash when the account was
+ automatically locked due to the number of authenti-
+ cation failures reaching the configured maximum al-
+ lowed. See policy.conf(5) and user_attr(5).
+
+
+ NP Used to indicate an account is active but not par-
+ ticipating in password authentication. It can run
+ cron jobs and may be able to authenticate using a
+ method other than a password hash stored in the
+ nameservice, for example SSH publickey or with Ker-
+ beros.
+
+ Exempt from automatic lock out due to failed pass-
+ word authentication attempts. Useful for system/ap-
+ pliication accounts and Roles when roleauth=user is
+ set in user_attr(5).
+
+ The NP value can be set by passwd -N or delivered
+ as the value in a pkg(7) user action.
+
+
+ UP Set by useradd(8) when the account is initially
+ created, and has yet to have a password set. Users
+ in the UP state can not authenticate to the system.
+
+ When an account is delivered via a pkg(7) action UP
+ should be used if the user is intended to have a
+ password assigned later using passwd(1).
+
lastchg The number of days between January 1, 1970, and the date
@@ -74,7 +109,7 @@
flag Reserved. May be set to arbitrary values. Traditionally,
- the low order for bits are a failed login count.
+ the low order four bits are a failed login count.
The bits in the remainder may or may not be zero. They may
be used at any time for any other purposes.
@@ -142,11 +177,11 @@
SEE ALSO
- login(1), passwd(1), pwhash(1), strtol(3C), crypt(3C), crypt_gen-
- salt(3C), getspnam(3C), putspent(3C), pam_chauthtok(3PAM), user-
- mgr-1(3rad), nsswitch.conf(5), passwd(5), attributes(7), pam_unix_ac-
- count(7), pam_unix_auth(7), useradm(8), useradd(8), userdel(8), user-
- mod(8)
+ login(1), passwd(1), pwhash(1), crypt(3C), crypt_gensalt(3C),
+ getspnam(3C), putspent(3C), strtol(3C), usermgr-1(3rad),
+ pam_chauthtok(3PAM), nsswitch.conf(5), passwd(5), policy.conf(5),
+ user_attr(5), attributes(7), pam_unix_account(7), pam_unix_auth(7),
+ pkg(7), useradd(8), useradm(8), userdel(8), usermod(8)
Managing User Accounts and User Environments in Oracle Solaris 11.4
@@ -162,4 +197,4 @@
the software does not know how to handle password updates under these
conditions. See nsswitch.conf(5) for additional information.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Oct 2022 shadow(5)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 shadow(5)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man5/space.5 11.4.78/man5/space.5
--- 11.4.75/man5/space.5 2025-02-23 08:58:01.954421202 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man5/space.5 2025-02-23 08:58:24.258548757 -0800
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
space(5) File Formats space(5)
NAME
- space - disk space requirement file
+ space - SVR4 package disk space requirement file
DESCRIPTION
space is an ASCII file that gives information about disk space require-
ments for the target environment. The space file defines space needed
- beyond what is used by objects defined in the prototype(5) file; for
- example, files which will be installed with the installf(8) command.
- The space file should define the maximum amount of additional space
- that a package will require.
+ beyond what is used by objects defined in the prototype(5) file for a
+ given SVR4 package; for example, files which will be installed with the
+ installf(8) command. The space file should define the maximum amount of
+ additional space that a SVR4 package will require.
The generic format of a line in this file is:
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
EXAMPLES
- Example 1 A sample file.
+ Example 1 A sample space file.
@@ -44,8 +44,16 @@
data 500 1
+USAGE
+ The space file is used when installing legacy SVR4 packages created for
+ older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later re-
+ leases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed and man-
+ aged using the pkg(1) command. There is no direct equivalent to space
+ files in IPS, as all files to be installed by an IPS package must be
+ listed in the package manifest, and installation scripts are not sup-
+ ported.
SEE ALSO
prototype(5), installf(8)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 07 Feb 1997 space(5)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 space(5)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man7/locale.7 11.4.78/man7/locale.7
--- 11.4.75/man7/locale.7 2025-02-23 08:58:02.080706968 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man7/locale.7 2025-02-23 08:58:24.370876245 -0800
@@ -34,32 +34,32 @@
The standard utilities base their behavior on the current locale, as
defined in the ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES section for each utility. The be-
havior of some of the C-language functions will also be modified based
- on the current locale, as defined by the last call to setlocale(3C).
+ on the current locale, as defined by the last call to setlocale(3C) or
+ uselocale(3C).
- Oracle Solaris 11 onwards, locales are enabled or disabled by using
- special facets, which are provided by Image Packaging System. For exam-
- ple:
+ In Oracle Solaris 11.0 and later releases, locales are installed or re-
+ moved by using special facets, which are provided by the Image Packag-
+ ing System (IPS). For example:
# pkg change-facet locale.ja=true
- The above command will enable Japanese locale on the client system. For
- more information, see the pkg(7) man page.
+ The above command will install the Japanese locale on the system. For
+ more information, see the pkg(7) and nlsadm(8) man pages.
Locales other than those supplied by the implementation can be created
- by the application by using the localedef(1) utility. The value that is
- used to specify a locale when using environment variables will be the
- string specified as the name operand to localedef when the locale was
- created. The strings "C" and "POSIX" are reserved as identifiers for
- the POSIX locale.
+ by using the localedef(1) utility. The value that is used to specify a
+ locale when using environment variables will be the string specified as
+ the name operand to localedef when the locale was created. The strings
+ "C" and "POSIX" are reserved as identifiers for the POSIX locale.
Applications can select the desired locale by invoking the setlocale()
- function with the appropriate value. If the function is invoked with an
- empty string, such as:
+ or uselocale() functions with the appropriate value. If the setlocale()
+ function is invoked with an empty string, such as:
setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
A category source definition consists of a category header, a category
- body and a category trailer. A category header consists of the charac-
+ body, and a category trailer. A category header consists of the charac-
ter string naming of the category, beginning with the characters LC_.
The category trailer consists of the string END, followed by one or
more blank characters and the string used in the corresponding category
@@ -98,10 +98,10 @@
Operands must be characters, collating elements, or strings of charac-
ters. Strings must be enclosed in double-quotes ("). Literal double-
- quotes within strings must be preceded by the <escape character>, as
- described below. When a keyword is followed by more than one operand,
- the operands must be separated by semicolons (;). Blank characters are
- allowed both before and after a semicolon.
+ quotes within strings must be preceded by the escape character, as de-
+ scribed below. When a keyword is followed by more than one operand, the
+ operands must be separated by semicolons (;). Blank characters are al-
+ lowed both before and after a semicolon.
The first category header in the file can be preceded by a line modify-
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
The comment character defaults to the number sign (#). Blank lines and
- lines containing the <comment character> in the first position are ig-
+ lines containing the comment character in the first position are ig-
nored.
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
2. A character can be represented by the character itself, in
which case the value of the character is implementation-de-
pendent. Within a string, the double-quote character, the
- escape character and the right angle bracket character must
+ escape character, and the right angle bracket character must
be escaped (preceded by the escape character) to be inter-
preted as the character itself. Outside strings, the charac-
ters
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
In a locale definition file, no character specified
for the keywords upper, lower, alpha, digit, cntrl,
- xdigit or as the space character can be specified.
+ xdigit, or as the space character can be specified.
graph Define characters to be classified as printable char-
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
senting the hexadecimal digits 10 to 15 inclusive,
with each set in ascending order (for example A, B,
C, D, E, F, a, b, c, d, e, f). The digits 0 to 9, the
- uppercase letters A to F and the lowercase letters a
+ uppercase letters A to F, and the lowercase letters a
to f of the portable character set are automatically
included in this class.
@@ -633,8 +633,8 @@
Since this keyword is a Solaris-specific exten-
sion, any portable localedef source files should
- not rely on this extension if the source file
- portability is important.
+ not rely on this extension if source file porta-
+ bility is important.
collating-element Define a collating-element symbol representing a
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@
era description segments as are necessary to describe
the different eras.
- The start of an era might not be the earliest point For
+ The start of an era might not be the earliest point. For
example, the Christian era B.C. starts on the day before
January 1, A.D. 1, and increases with earlier time.
@@ -1581,7 +1581,7 @@
scribe the different eras. Era description segments are
separated by semicolons.
- The start of an era might not be the earliest point For
+ The start of an era might not be the earliest point. For
example, the Christian era B.C. starts on the day before
January 1, A.D. 1, and increases with earlier time.
@@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@
start_date A date in the form yyyy/mm/dd, where yyyy,
- mm, and dd are the year, month and day
+ mm, and dd are the year, month, and day
numbers respectively of the start of the
era. Years prior to AD 1 are represented
as negative numbers.
@@ -1700,9 +1700,9 @@
On 7/4/1776, the %x field descriptor would result in "The 4th day of
July in 1776" while 7/14/1789 would come out as "The 14 day of July in
- 1789" The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The %O modi-
- fier is primarily intended to provide for Kanji or Hindi digits in date
- formats.
+ 1789". The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The %O mod-
+ ifier is primarily intended to provide for Kanji or Hindi digits in
+ date formats.
LC_MESSAGES
The LC_MESSAGES category defines the format and values for affirmative
@@ -1769,7 +1769,15 @@
SEE ALSO
date(1), locale(1), localedef(1), sort(1), tr(1), uniq(1), locale-
conv(3C), nl_langinfo(3C), setlocale(3C), strcoll(3C), strftime(3C),
- strptime(3C), strxfrm(3C), wcscoll(3C), wcsftime(3C), wcsxfrm(3C), wc-
- type(3C), attributes(7), charmap(7), extensions(7), regex(7)
+ strptime(3C), strxfrm(3C), uselocale(3C), wcscoll(3C), wcsftime(3C),
+ wcsxfrm(3C), wctype(3C), attributes(7), charmap(7), extensions(7),
+ regex(7), nlsadm(8)
+
+
+ Overview of Locales in Internationalizing and Localizing Applications
+ in Oracle Solaris
+
+
+ International Language Environments Guide for Oracle Solaris 11.4
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 lo...e(7)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 lo...e(7)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man7/pam_authtok_check.7 11.4.78/man7/pam_authtok_check.7
--- 11.4.75/man7/pam_authtok_check.7 2025-02-23 08:58:02.150816389 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man7/pam_authtok_check.7 2025-02-23 08:58:24.432127439 -0800
@@ -30,14 +30,10 @@
complexity The password should contain at least the minimum
number of characters described by the parameters
MINALPHA, MINNONALPHA, MINDIGIT, and MINSPECIAL.
- Note that MINNONALPHA describes the same character
- classes as MINDIGIT and MINSPECIAL combined; there-
- fore the user cannot specify both MINNONALPHA and
- MINSPECIAL (or MINDIGIT). The user must choose
- which of the two options to use. Furthermore, the
- WHITESPACE parameter determines whether whitespace
- characters are allowed. If unspecified, MINALPHA is
- 2, MINNONALPHA is 1, and WHITESPACE is yes.
+ The WHITESPACE parameter determines whether white-
+ space characters are allowed. If unspecified, MI-
+ NALPHA is 2, MINNONALPHA is 1, and WHITESPACE is
+ yes.
variation The old and new passwords must differ by at least
@@ -140,4 +136,4 @@
See the History section of the passwd(1) man page for the history of
the /etc/default/passwd configuration settings.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Sep 2023 pa...k(7)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 05 Dec 2023 pa...k(7)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man7/pam_radius_auth.7 11.4.78/man7/pam_radius_auth.7
--- 11.4.75/man7/pam_radius_auth.7 2025-02-23 08:58:02.182792893 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man7/pam_radius_auth.7 2025-02-23 08:58:24.470678533 -0800
@@ -118,14 +118,16 @@
the concatenation of all trusted CA certificates or a directory
containing distinct certificate files. If a directory is used, it
must be populated with symlinks appropriate for use by openssl.
- This is typically done by running the c_rehash(1openssl) command on
- that directory.
+ This is typically done by running the c_rehash command on that di-
+ rectory. For more information, see the openssl-rehash(1openssl) man
+ page.
config/ciphers astring
Allows the set of TLS ciphers used by using the openssl to be over-
- ridden. For more information, see the ciphers(1openssl) man page.
+ ridden. For more information, see the openssl-ciphers(1openssl) man
+ page.
@@ -249,7 +251,8 @@
SEE ALSO
- libpam(3LIB), pam(3PAM), pam_authenticate(3PAM), pam_setcred(3PAM),
+ openssl-ciphers(1openssl), openssl-rehash(1openssl), libpam(3LIB),
+ pam(3PAM), pam_authenticate(3PAM), pam_setcred(3PAM),
pam_get_item(3PAM), pam.conf(5), policy.conf(5), openssl(7), pam_auth-
tok_get(7), pam_ldap(7), pam_unix_auth(7), pam_user_policy(7), user-
mod(8)
@@ -257,4 +260,4 @@
HISTORY
The pam_radius_auth module was introduced in Oracle Solaris 11.4.0.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 15 Mar 2023 pa...h(7)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 pa...h(7)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man7/scale.7 11.4.78/man7/scale.7
--- 11.4.75/man7/scale.7 2025-02-23 08:58:02.216838553 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man7/scale.7 2025-02-23 08:58:24.515959262 -0800
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
guments enables default scaled output. The specific defaults depend on
the utility in question, as follows.
- df(8), du(8), ipstat(8), ls(1), plimit(1), pmadvise(1), pmap(1), ps(1),
+ df(8), du(1), ipstat(8), ls(1), plimit(1), pmadvise(1), pmap(1), ps(1),
quota(8), ramdiskadm(8), size(1), swap(8), tcpstat(8),
--scale=max,1024
@@ -97,4 +97,4 @@
dlstat(8), flowstat(8), ipstat(8), quota(8), ramdiskadm(8), swap(8),
tcpstat(8),
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 28 October 2022 sc...e(7)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 sc...e(7)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man7/ssid-op.7 11.4.78/man7/ssid-op.7
--- 11.4.75/man7/ssid-op.7 2025-02-23 08:58:02.259372195 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man7/ssid-op.7 2025-02-23 08:58:24.560016015 -0800
@@ -616,6 +616,6 @@
sstore(1), ssid(7), ssid-metadata(7), sstore(7), sstored(8)
- Using Oracle Solaris 11.4 Analytics
+ Using Oracle Solaris 11.4 StatsStore and System Web Interface
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 8 Nov 2017 ss...p(7)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 ss...p(7)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/installf.8 11.4.78/man8/installf.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/installf.8 2025-02-23 08:58:02.308759208 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/installf.8 2025-02-23 08:58:24.612528317 -0800
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
installf(8) System Administration Commands installf(8)
NAME
- installf - add a file to the software installation database
+ installf - add a file to the SVR4 package database
SYNOPSIS
installf [-c class] [ [-M] -R root_path] [-V fs_file] pkginst pathname
@@ -14,9 +14,9 @@
installf -f [-c class] [ [-M] -R root_path] [-V fs_file] pkginst
DESCRIPTION
- installf informs the system that a pathname not listed in the pkgmap(5)
- file is being created or modified. It should be invoked before any file
- modifications have occurred.
+ installf informs the SVR4 packaging system that a pathname not listed
+ in the pkgmap(5) file is being created or modified. It should be in-
+ voked before any file modifications have occurred.
When the second synopsis is used, the pathname descriptions will be
@@ -38,10 +38,6 @@
line, making corrections as necessary. In all cases, the current con-
tent information is calculated and stored appropriately.
-
- In their current implementations, pkgadd(8), pkgtrans(1) and other
- package commands can process a datastream of up to 4 GB.
-
OPTIONS
-c class Class to which installed objects should be associated.
Default class is none.
@@ -173,18 +169,15 @@
# create /dev/xt directory
# (needs to be done before drvinstall)
- installf $PKGINST /dev/xt d 755 root sys ||
- exit 2
+ installf $PKGINST /dev/xt d 755 root sys || exit 2
majno=`/usr/sbin/drvinstall -m /etc/master.d/xt
- -d $BASEDIR/data/xt.o -v1.0` ||
- exit 2
+ -d $BASEDIR/data/xt.o -v1.0` || exit 2
i=00
while [ $i -lt $limit ]
do
for j in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
do
- echo /dev/xt$i$j c $majno `expr $i ? 8 + $j`
- 644 root sys |
+ echo /dev/xt$i$j c $majno `expr $i ? 8 + $j` 644 root sys |
echo /dev/xt$i$j=/dev/xt/$i$j
done
i=`expr $i + 1`
@@ -214,6 +207,15 @@
>0 An error occurred.
+USAGE
+ The installf command is used when installing legacy SVR4 packages cre-
+ ated for older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and
+ later releases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed
+ and managed using the pkg(1) command. There is no direct equivalent to
+ installf in IPS, as all files to be installed by an IPS package must be
+ listed in the package manifest, and installation scripts are not sup-
+ ported.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -268,4 +270,14 @@
installf -f -c class2 ...
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Aug 2014 installf(8)
+HISTORY
+ Support for the -A, -M, and -V options was added in Solaris 2.6.
+
+
+ Support for the -R option was added in Solaris 2.1.
+
+
+ The installf utility, including support for the -c and -f options, was
+ added to Solaris in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 installf(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/iostat.8 11.4.78/man8/iostat.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/iostat.8 2025-02-23 08:58:02.348710609 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/iostat.8 2025-02-23 08:58:24.655174930 -0800
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
iostat - report I/O statistics
SYNOPSIS
- /usr/bin/iostat [-cCdDeEiILmMnNpPrsStwxXYuz] [-l n] [-T u | d]
+ /usr/bin/iostat [-bcCdDeEiILmMnNpPrsStwxXYuz] [-l n] [-T u | d]
[disk]... [interval [count]]
DESCRIPTION
@@ -130,6 +130,13 @@
OPTIONS
The following options are supported:
+ -b Report backend statistics for virtual devices assigned to
+ guests such as solaris-kz(7) zones or Oracle VM Server for
+ SPARC guest domains. See ldm(8) manual page for definition
+ of the backend. It is recommended to use the option -b to-
+ gether with options -x and -n.
+
+
-c Report the percentages of time the system has spent in user
mode, in system mode, time taken off by the hypervisor (see
the definition of st below), and idling. For more informa-
@@ -298,9 +305,13 @@
count Display only count reports.
- disk Explicitly specify the disks to be reported; in addition to
- any explicit disks, any active disks up to the disk limit
- (see -l above) will also be reported.
+ disk Disk name pattern to specify the disks to be reported. The
+ pattern can contain wildcard characters: *, ?, or pattern
+ bracket expression that starts with [. The escape character
+ is \. See the manual page fnmatch(7) for details. In addi-
+ tion to disks which names match the pattern, any active
+ disks up to the disk limit (see -l above) will also be re-
+ ported.
interval Report once each interval seconds.
@@ -502,6 +513,26 @@
+ Example 10 Showing backend statistics for virtual devices
+
+
+
+ The following example demonstrates how to show extended backend statis-
+ tics using descriptive names and how to filter results using a pattern.
+ The report contains disks which names match the pattern kz*. In the
+ output one can see disks assigned to solaris-kz(7) zones named kz1 and
+ kz2.
+
+
+ example% iostat -xnb kz* 1 1
+ extended device statistics
+ r/s w/s kr/s kw/s wait actv wsvc_t asvc_t %w %b device
+ 3.0 4.5 64.8 93.9 0.0 0.0 3.4 5.2 1 1 kz1/disk0
+ 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.2 0 0 kz1/disk1
+ 30.8 31.9 671.5 881.9 0.1 0.2 1.4 2.7 3 9 kz2/disk0
+
+
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -546,6 +577,10 @@
mance problem.
HISTORY
+ The -b option and the ability to use wildcard characters to specify
+ disks were added in Oracle Solaris 11.4.78.
+
+
The -N and -S options were added in Oracle Solaris 11.4.60.
@@ -576,4 +611,4 @@
The iostat command, including support for the -c, -D, -d, -I, and -t
options, has been included in all Sun and Oracle releases of Solaris.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Sep 2024 iostat(8)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 23 Sep 2024 iostat(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/ldapservercfg.8 11.4.78/man8/ldapservercfg.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/ldapservercfg.8 2025-02-23 08:58:02.556521597 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/ldapservercfg.8 2025-02-23 08:58:24.743584894 -0800
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
Service instance svc:/network/ldap/server:openldap starts slapd and may
enable service svc:/network/ldap/identity:openldap when slapd-con-
- fig(8oldap) value for olcTLSCertificateKeyFile is /etc/certs/local-
+ fig(5oldap) value for olcTLSCertificateKeyFile is /etc/certs/local-
host/host.key; the default svc:/system/identity:cert property certifi-
cate/cert/private_key/uri value.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
by default are those created by identity(8s). Those file locations can
be overridden using the properties below. If any of the files are miss-
ing then an automatic configuration is halted. Following the configura-
- tion the file locations are stored within slapd-config(8oldap) for use
+ tion the file locations are stored within slapd-config(5oldap) for use
by slapd server.
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
The location of the PEM-formatted private key. The
ldap/server:openldap profile includes the required {file_dac_read}
privilege to read the default file. That privilege is dropped if
- the slapd-config(8oldap) value for olcTLSCertificateKeyFile does
+ the slapd-config(5oldap) value for olcTLSCertificateKeyFile does
not match cred/privatekey.
@@ -664,9 +664,9 @@
SEE ALSO
- ldaplist(1), resolv.conf(5), attributes(7), ldap(7), privileges(7), id-
- sconfig(8), ldap_cachemgr(8), ldapaddent(8), ldapclient(8),
- slapd(8oldap), slapd-config(8oldap), slappasswd(8oldap), identity(8s)
+ ldaplist(1), resolv.conf(5), slapd-config(5oldap), attributes(7),
+ ldap(7), privileges(7), idsconfig(8), ldap_cachemgr(8), ldapaddent(8),
+ ldapclient(8), slapd(8oldap), slappasswd(8oldap), identity(8s)
RFC 4876: A Configuration Profile Schema for Lightweight Directory Ac-
@@ -688,4 +688,4 @@
figuration in Oracle Solaris 11.4.69. Prior to which it created and
used /etc/openldap/certs/server.pem and /etc/openldap/certs/server.key.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 02 Feb 2024 ldapservercfg(8)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 ldapservercfg(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/ldm.8 11.4.78/man8/ldm.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/ldm.8 2025-02-23 08:58:02.826957411 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/ldm.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.042473614 -0800
@@ -4745,12 +4745,6 @@
the resource is operating normally and fail to indicate that
the resource is faulty.
- This status is only determined for CPU and memory resources
- on the Fujitsu M10 platform and the Fujitsu SPARC M12 plat-
- form. On all other platforms, the status field is only shown
- in parseable output when the -p option is used. The status
- on these platforms is always shown as status=NA.
-
o domain-name is the name of the logical domain for which to
list state information.
@@ -5050,11 +5044,8 @@
the resource is operating normally and fail to indicate that
the resource is faulty.
- This status is only determined for CPU and memory resources
- on the Fujitsu M10 platform and the Fujitsu SPARC M12 plat-
- form. On all other platforms, the status field is only shown
- in parseable output when the -p option is used. The status
- on these platforms is always shown as status=NA.
+ This option is meaningless and therefore not supported when
+ -B is specified.
o cmi lists information about CMI devices, which includes any
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/mount.8 11.4.78/man8/mount.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/mount.8 2025-02-23 08:58:02.880995908 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/mount.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.083799321 -0800
@@ -342,7 +342,65 @@
link refers, rather than on top of the symbolic link itself.
- ZFS filesystems are usually mounted with zfs mount and zfs unmount in-
+ ZFS filesystems are usually handled with zfs mount and zfs unmount in-
stead of these commands. See zfs(8) for more information.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 Mar 2022 mount(8)
+HISTORY
+ The mount and unmount commands have been included in all Sun and Oracle
+ releases of Solaris.
+
+
+ Support for the following options to the mount command was added in the
+ listed Solaris release:
+
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | OPTION | RELEASE |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -o vfsnumalock | novfsnumalock | 11.4.51 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -o rstchown | norstchown | 10 8/11 (Update 10) |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -o devices | nodevices | 10 3/05 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -o exec | noexec | 10 3/05 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -o setuid | nosetuid | 10 3/05 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -o nbmand | nonbmand | 9 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -g, -q | 8 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -a | 2.4 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -O | 2.3 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -F, -V, -m | 2.0 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -o ro | rw | 1.0 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -o suid | nosuid | 1.0 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -o filesystem_specific_options | 1.0 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -p, -r | 1.0 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+
+
+
+ Support for the following options to the umount command was added in
+ the listed Solaris release:
+
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | OPTION | RELEASE |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -f | 8 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -a | 2.4 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -V | 2.0 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+ | -o filesystem_specific_options | 1.0 |
+ +-------------------------------------+----------------------+
+
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2025 mount(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/nlsadm.8 11.4.78/man8/nlsadm.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/nlsadm.8 2025-02-23 08:58:02.930534367 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/nlsadm.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.118465923 -0800
@@ -4,24 +4,23 @@
nlsadm - configure national language properties
SYNOPSIS
- nlsadm get-console-keymap |
- get-system-locale [-e <locale-environment>] |
- get-timezone
+ nlsadm get-console-keymap
+ nlsadm get-system-locale [-e locale-environment]
+ nlsadm get-timezone
- nlsadm list-console-keymap |
- list-locale [-aH] [-o <property>[,...]]
- [property=value[,...]] |
- list-timezone
+ nlsadm list-console-keymap
+ nlsadm list-locale [-aH] [-o property[,...]] [property=value[,...]]
+ nlsadm list-timezone
- nlsadm set-console-keymap [-f] <keymap> |
- set-system-locale [-f] [-e <locale-environment>] <locale> |
- set-timezone [-f] <timezone>
+ nlsadm set-console-keymap [-f] keymap
+ nlsadm set-system-locale [-f] [-e locale-environment] locale
+ nlsadm set-timezone [-f] timezone
- nlsadm install-locale [-fnv] [-R <dir>] <locale> [...]
- uninstall-locale [-fnv] [-R <dir>] <locale> [...]
+ nlsadm install-locale [-fnv] [-R dir] locale [...]
+ nlsadm uninstall-locale [-fnv] [-R dir] locale [...]
nlsadm -? [subcommand]
@@ -49,7 +48,7 @@
The set subcommands set the value of national language properties by
modifying the value of the corresponding SMF services for a given na-
- tional language property such as default system locale, console keymap
+ tional language property such as default system locale, console keymap,
or timezone.
@@ -64,9 +63,12 @@
OPTIONS
The following option is supported:
- -? [subcommand] Displays help information. This option stops further
- --help argument processing and successfully exits after
- displaying the appropriate output.
+ -? [subcommand]
+ --help
+
+ Displays help information. This option stops further argument pro-
+ cessing and successfully exits after displaying the appropriate
+ output.
@@ -78,16 +80,17 @@
Shows the value of the currently set console keymap.
- get-system-locale [-e <locale-environment>] | [--locale-environ-
- ment=<locale-environment>]
+ get-system-locale [-e locale-environment] | [--locale-environment=lo-
+ cale-environment]
- Prints the currently set default system locale. If <locale-environ-
- ment> is not specified, all locale environments are displayed.
+ Prints the currently set default system locale. If locale-environ-
+ ment is not specified, all locale environments are displayed.
- -e <locale-environment> | --locale-environment=<locale-environment>
+ -e locale-environment
+ --locale-environment=locale-environment
Displays the system locale of the specified environment. The
- supported values for <locale-environment> are: LANG, LC_CTYPE,
+ supported values for locale-environment are: LANG, LC_CTYPE,
LC_NUMERIC, LC_TIME, LC_COLLATE, LC_MONETARY, LC_MESSAGES and
LC_ALL.
@@ -107,10 +111,8 @@
tem.
- list-locale [-aH] [-o property[,...]]
- [property=value[,...]]
- [--all-locales] [--no-headers] [--output-
- fields=property[,...]]
+ list-locale [-aH] [-o property[,...]] [property=value[,...]]
+ [--all-locales] [--no-headers] [--output-fields=property[,...]]
Displays a list of available locales. By default only the locales
available in the installed packages are shown in the list.
@@ -137,13 +139,13 @@
mode.
- -o <property>[,...]
- --output-fields=<property>[,...]
+ -o property[,...]
+ --output-fields=property[,...]
- Prints only the specified output fields. Valid <property> val-
- ues are: codeset, facet, flags, lang, lang_wx[_YZ], locale,
- modifier, pkg, territory, territory_wx[_YZ], and timezone.
- lang_wx[_YZ] and territory_wx[_YZ], report the name of the lan-
+ Prints only the specified output fields. Valid property values
+ are: codeset, facet, flags, lang, lang_wx[_YZ], locale, modi-
+ fier, pkg, territory, territory_wx[_YZ], and timezone.
+ lang_wx[_YZ] and territory_wx[_YZ] report the name of the lan-
guage or territory written in the specified locale where wx is
an ISO 639 two-letter code (for example, en) and YZ is an ISO
3166 two-letter code (for example, US). When the localized
@@ -169,19 +171,19 @@
o An s in the flags column indicates that the locale
is currently set as the default system locale.
- The <property> arguments should be presented as a comma-sepa-
- rated list without spaces.
+ The property arguments should be presented as a comma-separated
+ list without spaces.
- <property>=value[,...]
+ property=value[,...]
Filters the output and only displays information that matches
the input property value. For example, it is possible to spec-
ify a concrete territory value, and the output in that case
- will show only locales for the given territory. Valid <prop-
- erty> specifiers are: codeset, facet, flags, lang, locale, mod-
- ifier, pkg, territory, and timezone.
+ will show only locales for the given territory. Valid property
+ specifiers are: codeset, facet, flags, lang, locale, modifier,
+ pkg, territory, and timezone.
Valid lang value is an ISO 639 two-letter code (for example,
en) and valid territory value is an ISO 3166 two-letter code
@@ -199,19 +201,20 @@
The following options are supported for the set subcommands:
- set-console-keymap [-f] | [--force] <keymap>
+ set-console-keymap [-f] | [--force] keymap
Sets the given console keymap for the system.
-
- -f Force setting a non-valid or unknown value.
+ -f
--force
+ Force setting a non-valid or unknown value.
- set-system-locale [-f] [-e <locale-environment>] <locale> |
- [--force] [--locale-environment=<locale-environment>] <locale>
+
+ set-system-locale [-f] [-e locale-environment] locale |
+ [--force] [--locale-environment=locale-environment] locale
Sets the default system locale to given value. Unless -e option is
specified, only the LANG environment is set to the given locale.
@@ -223,11 +226,11 @@
- -e <locale-environment>
- --locale-environment=<locale-environment>
+ -e locale-environment
+ --locale-environment=locale-environment
Sets the given locale only to the specified locale-environment.
- The supported values for <locale-environment> are: LANG,
+ The supported values for locale-environment are: LANG,
LC_CTYPE, LC_NUMERIC, LC_TIME, LC_COLLATE, LC_MONETARY, LC_MES-
SAGES, and LC_ALL.
@@ -239,17 +242,11 @@
The following options are supported for the install/uninstall subcom-
mands:
- install-locale [-n] [-f] [-R <dir>] [-v] <locale> [...] |
- [--dry-run] [--force] [--image-dir=<dir>]
- [--verbose] <locale>
- [...]
-
+ install-locale [-n] [-f] [-R dir] [-v] locale [...] |
+ [--dry-run] [--force] [--image-dir=dir] [--verbose] locale [...]
- uninstall-locale [-n] [-f] [-R <dir>]
- [-v] <locale> [...] |
- [--dry-run] [--force] [--image-dir=<dir>]
- [--verbose] < locale>
- [...]
+ uninstall-locale [-n] [-f] [-R dir] [-v] locale [...] |
+ [--dry-run] [--force] [--image-dir=dir] [--verbose] locale [...]
Installs or uninstalls necessary packages for the given locale. If
additional packages or locales need to be installed or uninstalled
@@ -258,24 +255,30 @@
If --force option is used, the additional packages and locales are
also installed or uninstalled.
- -n Perform a trial run of the operation with no
- --dry-run package changes made.
+ -n
+ --dry-run
+
+ Perform a trial run of the operation with no package changes
+ made.
- -v Issue verbose progress messages during the
- --verbose requested operation and display detailed in-
- formation such as commands used to in-
+ -v
+ --verbose
+
+ Issue verbose progress messages during the requested operation
+ and display detailed information such as commands used to in-
stall/uninstall locales or to change facets.
- -R Operate on the image rooted at dir. If no di-
- --image-dir=<dir> rectory was specified or determined based on
- environment, the default is /. For more in-
- formation, see the Environment Variables sec-
- tion from pkg(1) man page.
+ -R
+ --image-dir=dir
+ Operate on the image rooted at dir. If no directory was speci-
+ fied or determined based on environment, the default is /. For
+ more information, see the Environment Variables section from
+ the pkg(1) man page.
@@ -436,6 +439,9 @@
SEE ALSO
pkg(1), setlocale(3C), libscf(3LIB), locale_alias(7), smf(7)
+
+ International Language Environments Guide for Oracle Solaris 11.4
+
NOTES
The values for the console-keymap, system-locale, and timezone are man-
aged through the Service Management Facility (SMF) under the following
@@ -448,4 +454,4 @@
svc:/system/timezone:default (timezone)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 May 2021 nlsadm(8)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 25 Nov 2024 nlsadm(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/pkgadd.8 11.4.78/man8/pkgadd.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/pkgadd.8 2025-02-23 08:58:02.976422196 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/pkgadd.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.160783972 -0800
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
pkgadd(8) System Administration Commands pkgadd(8)
NAME
- pkgadd - transfer software packages to the system
+ pkgadd - install SVR4 software packages onto the system
SYNOPSIS
pkgadd [-nv] [-a admin] [-G] [ [-M] -R root_path]
@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@
[pkginst | -Y category [, category]...]
DESCRIPTION
- pkgadd transfers the contents of a software package from the distribu-
- tion medium or directory to install it onto the system. Used without
- the -d device source specifier, pkgadd looks in the default spool di-
- rectory (/var/spool/pkg) for the package. Used with the -s option, it
- writes the package to a spool directory instead of installing it.
+ pkgadd installs the contents of a SVR4 software package from the dis-
+ tribution medium or directory onto the system. Used without the -d de-
+ vice source specifier, pkgadd looks in the default spool directory
+ (/var/spool/pkg) for the package. Used with the -s option, it writes
+ the package to a spool directory instead of installing it.
The pkgadd utility requires an amount of temporary space the size of
@@ -282,6 +278,12 @@
Location where pkgadd logs an instance of software installation.
+USAGE
+ The pkgadd command is used for installing legacy SVR4 packages created
+ for older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later
+ releases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed and man-
+ aged using the pkg(1) command.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -322,4 +324,25 @@
may need to be modified to allow for total non-interaction during a
package installation. See admin(5) for details.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Jan 2023 pkgadd(8)
+HISTORY
+ Support for package signatures, and for installation from http: or
+ https: URIs, including the -k, -P, and -x options, was added in Solaris
+ 9 12/03 (Update 5) and removed in Oracle Solaris 11.4.60.
+
+
+ Support for the -G option was added in Solaris 10 3/05.
+
+
+ Support for the -Y option was added in Solaris 9.
+
+
+ Support for the -M, -V, and -v options was added in Solaris 2.6.
+
+
+ Support for the -R option was added in Solaris 2.1.
+
+
+ The pkgadd utility, including support for the -d, -a, -r, and -n op-
+ tions, was added to Solaris in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 pkgadd(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/pkgadm.8 11.4.78/man8/pkgadm.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/pkgadm.8 2025-02-23 08:58:03.009518367 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/pkgadm.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.190629925 -0800
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
pkgadm -?
DESCRIPTION
- The pkgadm utility is used for managing the packaging and patching sys-
- tem. It has several subcommands that perform various operations relat-
- ing to packaging.
+ The pkgadm utility is used for managing the SVR4 packaging system. It
+ has several subcommands that perform various operations relating to
+ packaging.
Contents file
sync
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
Internal Install Database
The Solaris operating system supports enhanced System V Revision 4
- (SVR4) packages for installation of add-on software, that has not yet
+ (SVR4) packages for installation of add-on software that has not yet
adopted the Image Packaging System (IPS). The SVR4 package maintenance
software stores information about installed packages in an internal
database. The pkgadm subcommand dbstatus is used to determine how the
@@ -87,6 +87,12 @@
Fatal error
+USAGE
+ The pkgadm command is used for managing legacy SVR4 packages created
+ for older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later
+ releases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed and man-
+ aged using the pkg(1) command.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -117,4 +123,22 @@
requesting restart, can be performed using svcadm(8). The service's
status can be queried using the svcs(1) command.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 12 Jan 2023 pkgadm(8)
+HISTORY
+ Support for package signatures and signing certificates, including the
+ addcert, listcert, and removecert subcommands, and the -a, -e, -f, -k,
+ -n, -o, -P, -p, -t, and -y options, was removed in Oracle Solaris
+ 11.4.60.
+
+
+ Support for the contents file cache daemon, including the sync subcom-
+ mand and -q option, was added in Solaris 10 10/09 (Update 8).
+
+
+ The dbstatus subcommand was added in Solaris 10 3/05.
+
+
+ The pkgadm command was introduced in Solaris 9 12/03 (Update 5), in-
+ cluding the addcert, listcert, and removecert subcommands, and the -a,
+ -e, -f, -k, -n, -o, -P, -p, -R, -t, -V, and -y options.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 pkgadm(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/pkgask.8 11.4.78/man8/pkgask.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/pkgask.8 2025-02-23 08:58:03.045580702 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/pkgask.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.232268066 -0800
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
pkgask(8) System Administration Commands pkgask(8)
NAME
- pkgask - stores answers to a request script
+ pkgask - stores answers to a SVR4 package request script
SYNOPSIS
pkgask [-d device] [-R root_path] -r response pkginst...
DESCRIPTION
- pkgask allows the administrator to store answers to an interactive
+ pkgask allows the administrator to store answers to an interactive SVR4
package (one with a request script, that is, a user-created file that
must be named request). Invoking this command generates a response file
that is then used as input at installation time. The use of this re-
@@ -64,6 +64,13 @@
>0 An error occurred.
+USAGE
+ The pkgask command is used with SVR4 packages created for older Solaris
+ releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later releases use the
+ IPS package system instead, and are installed and managed using the
+ pkg(1) command. There is no direct equivalent to pkgask in IPS, as IPS
+ does not support interactive prompts during package installation.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -78,9 +85,6 @@
pkginfo(1), pkgmk(1), pkgparam(1), pkgproto(1), pkgtrans(1), admin(5),
attributes(7), installf(8), pkgadd(8), pkgchk(8), pkgrm(8), removef(8)
-
- Creating Package Repositories in Oracle Solaris 11.4
-
NOTES
The -r option can be used to indicate a directory name as well as a
filename. The directory name is used to create numerous response files,
@@ -98,4 +102,11 @@
may need to be modified to allow for total non-interaction during a
package installation. See admin(5) for details.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 14 May 2018 pkgask(8)
+HISTORY
+ Support for the -R option was added in Solaris 2.1.
+
+
+ The pkgask utility, including support for the -d and -r options, was
+ added to Solaris in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 pkgask(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/pkgchk.8 11.4.78/man8/pkgchk.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/pkgchk.8 2025-02-23 08:58:03.089243582 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/pkgchk.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.267013176 -0800
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
pkgchk(8) System Administration Commands pkgchk(8)
NAME
- pkgchk - check package installation accuracy
+ pkgchk - check SVR4 package installation accuracy
SYNOPSIS
pkgchk [-l | -acfnqvx] [-i file | -]
@@ -14,17 +14,18 @@
[pkginst... | -Y category[,category...]]
DESCRIPTION
- pkgchk checks the accuracy of installed files or, by using the -l op-
- tion, displays information about package files. pkgchk checks the in-
- tegrity of directory structures and files. Discrepancies are written to
- standard error along with a detailed explanation of the problem.
+ pkgchk checks the accuracy of files installed by an SVR4 package, or,
+ by using the -l option, displays information about SVR4 package files.
+ pkgchk checks the integrity of directory structures and files. Discrep-
+ ancies are written to standard error along with a detailed explanation
+ of the problem.
The first synopsis defined above is used to list or check the contents
and/or attributes of objects that are currently installed on the sys-
tem, or in the indicated pkgmap. Package names may be listed on the
- command line, or by default, the entire contents of a machine will be
- checked.
+ command line, or by default, the entire set of SVR4 packages installed
+ on a machine will be checked.
The second synopsis is used to list or check the contents of a package
@@ -50,7 +51,7 @@
Specify the device on which a spooled package resides. device can
be a directory path name or the identifiers for tape or removable
- medium (for example, /var/tmp.
+ medium (for example, /var/tmp).
-e envfile
@@ -179,7 +180,8 @@
The package instance or instances to be checked. The format pk-
ginst.* can be used to check all instances of a package. The de-
- fault is to display all information about all installed packages.
+ fault is to display all information about all installed SVR4 pack-
+ ages.
The asterisk character (*) is a special character to some shells
and may need to be escaped. In the C-Shell, an asterisk must be
@@ -208,7 +210,7 @@
The following example displays package installation information for all
- Java font properties installed on the system.
+ Java font properties files installed on the system.
example% pkgchk -l -P font.properties
@@ -259,6 +261,14 @@
An error occurred.
+USAGE
+ The pkgchk command is used with legacy SVR4 packages created for older
+ Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later releases
+ use the IPS package system instead, and are installed and managed using
+ the pkg(1) command. The pkg verify subcommand can be used to replace
+ the default mode of pkgchk, while pkg contents replaces the use of the
+ -l option to list package contents.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -273,11 +283,24 @@
pkginfo(1), pkgtrans(1), pkginfo(5), attributes(7), pkgadd(8),
pkgask(8), pkgrm(8)
-
- Creating Package Repositories in Oracle Solaris 11.4
-
NOTES
In their current implementations, pkgadd(8), pkgtrans(1) and other
package commands can process a datastream of up to 4 GB.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Feb 2015 pkgchk(8)
+HISTORY
+ Support for the -P option was added in Solaris 10 3/05.
+
+
+ Support for the -Y option was added in Solaris 9.
+
+
+ Support for the -M and -V options was added in Solaris 2.6.
+
+
+ Support for the -R option was added in Solaris 2.1.
+
+
+ The pkgchk utility, including support for the a, c, d, e, f, i, l, m,
+ n, p, q, v, and x options, was added to Solaris in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 pkgchk(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/pkgcond.8 11.4.78/man8/pkgcond.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/pkgcond.8 2025-02-23 08:58:03.145134766 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/pkgcond.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.299141873 -0800
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@
operated on (global zone, non-global zone, diskless client, and so
forth) and the capabilities available for that type of client (can add
a driver, path is writable, and so forth). The pkgcond command is in-
- tended to be invoked from package and patch scripts, but can also be
- used in situations that mimic the context of these scripts. See NOTES
- for further guidance.
+ tended to be invoked from SVR4 package scripts, but can also be used in
+ situations that mimic the context of these scripts. See NOTES for fur-
+ ther guidance.
pkgcond has one mandatory argument, a condition. The command tests
@@ -133,6 +133,13 @@
Command failed to perform the test due to a fatal error.
+USAGE
+ The pkgcond command is used when installing legacy SVR4 packages cre-
+ ated for older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and
+ later releases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed
+ and managed using the pkg(1) command. There is no direct equivalent to
+ pkgcond in IPS, as installation and removal scripts are not supported.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -178,4 +185,4 @@
Use of pkgcond with an arbitrary path argument is not recommended or
supported, as the results returned might not be accurate.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Aug 2014 pkgcond(8)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 pkgcond(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/pkgrm.8 11.4.78/man8/pkgrm.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/pkgrm.8 2025-02-23 08:58:03.193178348 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/pkgrm.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.334471910 -0800
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
pkgrm(8) System Administration Commands pkgrm(8)
NAME
- pkgrm - remove a package from the system
+ pkgrm - remove a SVR4 package from the system
SYNOPSIS
pkgrm [-nv] [-a admin] [ [-A | -M] -R root_path]
@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@
[pkginst... | -Y category[,category...]]
DESCRIPTION
- pkgrm will remove a previously installed or partially installed package
- from the system. A check is made to determine if any other packages de-
- pend on the one being removed. If a dependency exists, the action taken
- is defined in the admin file.
+ pkgrm will remove a previously installed or partially installed SVR4
+ package from the system. A check is made to determine if any other
+ packages depend on the one being removed. If a dependency exists, the
+ action taken is defined in the admin file.
The default state for the command is in interactive mode, meaning that
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
To remove these older packages (released prior to Solaris 2.4), set the
- following environment variable:NONABI_SCRIPTS=TRUE pkgrm permits key-
+ following environment variable: NONABI_SCRIPTS=TRUE; pkgrm permits key-
board interaction throughout the removal as long as this environment
variable is set.
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
The following example removes all instances of SUNWjunk from client1:
- example% pkgrm -R /export/root/client1 SUNWjunk*
+ example% pkgrm -R /export/root/client1 'SUNWjunk*'
@@ -189,6 +189,12 @@
Reboot after removal of this package.
+USAGE
+ The pkgrm command is used for uninstalling legacy SVR4 packages created
+ for older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris 11 and later
+ releases use the IPS package system instead, and are installed and man-
+ aged using the pkg(1) command.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -204,11 +210,17 @@
pkginfo(5), attributes(7), installf(8), pkgadd(8), pkgask(8),
pkgchk(8), removef(8)
+HISTORY
+ Support for the -Y option was added in Solaris 9.
+
+
+ Support for the -A, -M, -V, and -v options was added in Solaris 2.6.
+
+
+ Support for the -R option was added in Solaris 2.1.
- Creating Package Repositories in Oracle Solaris 11.4
-NOTES
- In their current implementations, pkgadd(8), pkgtrans(1) and other
- package commands can process a datastream of up to 4 GB.
+ The pkgrm utility, including support for the -a, -n, and -s options,
+ was added to Solaris in Solaris 2.0.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Feb 2015 pkgrm(8)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 pkgrm(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/prtconf.8 11.4.78/man8/prtconf.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/prtconf.8 2025-02-23 08:58:03.235832878 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/prtconf.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.365716022 -0800
@@ -4,8 +4,7 @@
prtconf - print system configuration
SYNOPSIS
- /usr/sbin/prtconf [-V] | [-F] | | [-bpv] | [-acdDlPuUv]
- [dev_path]
+ /usr/sbin/prtconf [-V] | [-F] | [-bpv] | [-acdDlPuUv] [dev_path]
DESCRIPTION
The prtconf command prints the system configuration information. The
@@ -88,7 +87,7 @@
dev_path The path to a target device minor node, device nexus node,
or device link for which device node configuration informa-
- tion is displayed
+ tion is displayed.
EXIT STATUS
@@ -133,4 +132,30 @@
tion from prtconf -v. The value of integer properties from prtconf
-vp might require byte swapping for correct interpretation.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Sep 2019 prtconf(8)
+HISTORY
+ The -U option was added in Oracle Solaris 11.4.0.
+
+
+ The -x option to check for a 64-bit compatible SPARC PROM was added in
+ Solaris 7, and removed in Oracle Solaris 11.4.0.
+
+
+ The -d, -l, and -u options were added in Oracle Solaris 11.0.0.
+
+
+ The -b option was added in Solaris 10 1/06 (Update 1).
+
+
+ The -a and -c options were added in Solaris 10 3/05.
+
+
+ The -D option was added in Solaris 2.6.
+
+
+ The -V option was added in Solaris 2.5.
+
+
+ The prtconf command, including support for the -f, -F, -p, -P, and -v
+ options was added in Solaris 2.0.
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2025 prtconf(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/removef.8 11.4.78/man8/removef.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/removef.8 2025-02-23 08:58:03.265745806 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/removef.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.395658350 -0800
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
removef(8) System Administration Commands removef(8)
NAME
- removef - remove a file from software database
+ removef - remove a file from SVR4 package database
SYNOPSIS
removef [ [-M] -R root_path] [-V fs_file] pkginst path...
@@ -10,10 +10,10 @@
removef [ [-M] -R root_path] [-V fs_file] -f pkginst
DESCRIPTION
- removef informs the system that the user, or software, intends to re-
- move a pathname. Output from removef is the list of input pathnames
- that may be safely removed (no other packages have a dependency on
- them).
+ removef informs the SVR4 packaging system that the user, or software,
+ intends to remove a pathname. Output from removef is the list of input
+ pathnames that may be safely removed (no other packages have a depen-
+ dency on them).
OPTIONS
The following options are supported:
@@ -98,11 +96,10 @@
removef -f $PKGINST || exit 2
-
-
ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
removef inherits the value of the following environment variable. This
- variable is set when pkgadd(8) or pkgrm(8)
+ variable is set when pkgadd(8) or pkgrm(8) is invoked with the -R op-
+ tion.
PKG_INSTALL_ROOT
@@ -124,6 +121,14 @@
An error occurred.
+USAGE
+ The removef command is used when removing files from legacy SVR4 pack-
+ ages created for older Solaris releases. Packages designed for Solaris
+ 11 and later releases use the IPS package system instead, and are in-
+ stalled and managed using the pkg(1) command. There is no direct equiv-
+ alent to removef in IPS, as removing packaged files is only supported
+ as part of pkg operations.
+
ATTRIBUTES
See attributes(7) for descriptions of the following attributes:
@@ -138,8 +143,14 @@
pkginfo(1), pkgmk(1), pkgparam(1), pkgproto(1), pkgtrans(1), attrib-
utes(7), installf(8), pkgadd(8), pkgask(8), pkgchk(8), pkgrm(8)
-NOTES
- In their current implementations, pkgadd(8), pkgtrans(1) and other
- package commands can process a datastream of up to 4 GB.
+HISTORY
+ Support for the -A, -M, and -V options was added in Solaris 2.6.
+
+
+ Support for the -R option was added in Solaris 2.1.
+
+
+ The removef utility, including support for the -c and -f options, was
+ added to Solaris in Solaris 2.0.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 4 Feb 2015 removef(8)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Jan 2025 removef(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/rpcbind.8 11.4.78/man8/rpcbind.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/rpcbind.8 2025-02-23 08:58:03.305829626 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/rpcbind.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.436793435 -0800
@@ -62,7 +62,11 @@
The default value, true, shown above, disallows remote access; a value
- of false allows remote access. See EXAMPLES.
+ of false allows remote access. However, the non-persistent property
+ config_ovr/local_only overrides the persistent property config/lo-
+ cal_only. Some NFS services, such as svc:/network/nfs/nlockmgr and
+ svc:/network/nfs/status, will set this non-persistent property to false
+ when config/local_only=true at their start time. See EXAMPLES.
The FMRI svc:network/rpc/bind property group config contains the fol-
@@ -157,6 +161,39 @@
# svcadm refresh svc:/network/rpc/bind
+ Example 2 Looking up if Remote Access is allowed
+
+
+
+ It is necessary to look up first the non-persistent property con-
+ fig_ovr/local_only before we look up the persistent property config/lo-
+ cal_only in order to learn whether remote access is permitted.
+
+
+ $ svcprop -p config_ovr/local_only rpc/bind
+ false
+ $ $ svcprop -p config/local_only rpc/bind
+ true
+
+
+
+
+ In the case above, rpcbind allows remote access because the non-persis-
+ tent property config_ovr/local_only overrides the persistent property
+ config/local_only. However, if there is no config_ovr/local_only set,
+ we would have:
+
+
+ $ svcprop -p config_ovr/local_only rpc/bind
+ svcprop: Couldn't find property group `config_ovr/local_only' for instance `svc:/network/rpc/bind:default'.
+ $ svcprop -p config/local_only rpc/bind
+ true
+
+
+
+
+ In this case, rpcbind does not allow remote access.
+
FILES
/var/run/portmap.file Stores the information for RPC services regis-
tered over IP based transports for warm start
@@ -200,4 +237,4 @@
files; rpcbind is started without the -w option after a graceful termi-
nation. Otherwise, the warm start files are not found by rpcbind.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 3 Nov 2021 rpcbind(8)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 1 Nov 2024 rpcbind(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/sxadm.8 11.4.78/man8/sxadm.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/sxadm.8 2025-02-23 08:58:03.365870182 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/sxadm.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.485981570 -0800
@@ -402,6 +402,29 @@
quired for the change to take effect.
+ SBPB - Selective Branch Predictor Barrier Mitigation
+
+ SBPB is a mitigation for CVE-2023-20569 for AMD CPUs. It is used in
+ the kernel to prevent the processor from using older indirect
+ branch target predictions to influence future indirect branch pre-
+ dictions.
+
+
+ Note -
+
+
+
+ Full mitigation also requires the IBPB mitigation to be supported
+ and enabled.
+
+ This mitigation is enabled by default on systems where it is re-
+ quired and supported. When it is enabled some applications might
+ experience lower performance.
+
+ A reboot is required after enabling or disabling SBPB for the
+ changes to take effect.
+
+
SMAP - Supervisor Mode Access Prevention
SMAP is a mechanism to disallow supervisor mode execution of text
@@ -421,6 +444,39 @@
hardware.
+ SRSO_NO - Speculative Return Stack Overflow Mitigation
+
+ SRSO_NO is a readonly extension that is only enabled if the CPU is
+ not vulnerable to any of the Speculative Return Stack Overflow
+ (SRSO) vulnerabilities (CVE-2023-20569) that are mitigated in soft-
+ ware by the SBPB extension.
+
+ Note -
+
+
+
+ On AMD CPUs that have the SRSO_NO mitigation enabled, the SBPB
+ extension will always be enabled as a readonly extension.
+
+
+
+ SRSO_USER_KERNEL_NO - Speculative Return Stack Overflow User/Kernel
+ Mitigation
+
+ SRSO_USER_KERNEL_NO is a readonly extension that is only enabled if
+ the CPU is not vulnerable to user space to kernel space boundary
+ crossings that are part of the Speculative Return Stack Overflow
+ (SRSO) vulnerabilities in CVE-2023-20569.
+
+ Note -
+
+
+
+ Full SRSO mitigation also requires SBPB to be enabled on affected
+ systems.
+
+
+
SSBD - Speculative Store Bypass Disable
SSBD is a mitigation for CVE-2018-3639. It restricts loads from
@@ -899,7 +955,9 @@
+--------------------------------------------------+---------+
| EXTENSION |RELEASE |
+--------------------------------------------------+---------+
- | GDS, GDS_NO |11.4.69 |
+ | SBPB, SRSO_NO, SRSO_USER_KERNEL_NO |11.4.78 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+---------+
+ | GDS, GDS_NO |11.4.68 |
+--------------------------------------------------+---------+
| BTC_NO, SMEP (see below) |11.4.63 |
+--------------------------------------------------+---------+
@@ -945,4 +1003,4 @@
viously only available for Intel CPUs are also available for supported
AMD CPUs as of Oracle Solaris 11.4.60.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 31 Jan 2024 sxadm(8)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2025 sxadm(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/sysobjadm.8 11.4.78/man8/sysobjadm.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/sysobjadm.8 2025-02-23 08:58:03.406904708 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/sysobjadm.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.520721916 -0800
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
quence of commands for the initialize and restore commands is:
- # svcadm disable -t sysobj [if the sysobj SMF service is running]
+ # svcadm disable -st sysobj [if the sysobj SMF service is running]
# sysobjadm {backup|restore} ...
# reboot
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
vices.
- # svcadm disable -t sysobj
+ # svcadm disable -st sysobj
# sysobjadm device-list -d hid
002f2bf6-bb28-4e6c-b484-9e59e7b376c9 hid 10 inactive
3dbaed01-1165-4003-8ca7-c7c1f0d03c7c hid 12 inactive
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
been assigned the instance number 1.
- # svcadm disable -t sysobj
+ # svcadm disable -st sysobj
# sysobjadm device-list -I
"/pseudoscsibus/pseudoscsibus@0,0/pseudoscsi@0/sd@0,0" 1 "sd"
"/pseudoscsibus/pseudoscsibus@0,0/pseudoscsi@0/sd@1,0" 1 "sd"
@@ -257,47 +257,44 @@
- It is possible to import path_to_inst into sysobj directly. The
- path_to_inst file can be a known good copy restored from a backup or an
- updated version of the file provided by the administrator. Note: sysobj
- will itself import the path_to_inst file on the machine if it deter-
- mines that the kdevdata file is corrupted or missing.
+ It is possible to bootstrap a known-good path_to_inst file into kdev-
+ data/sysobj. The known-good path_to_inst file might be restored from a
+ backup or provided by an administrator. Note: sysobj will automatically
+ import path_to_inst if it determines that kdevdata/sysobj are cor-
+ rupted, missing, or has reverted to its bootstrap form.
- # svcadm disable -t sysobj
+ # svcadm disable -st sysobj
+ # mv /etc/sysobj/sysobj.db /etc/sysobj/sysobj.db.original
+ # mv /etc/devices/kdevdata /etc/devices/kdevdata.original
+ # sysobjadm initialize
+ # echo '#kdevdata_bootstrap_1' > /etc/devices/kdevdata
[ restore or otherwise fix /etc/devices/path_to_inst ]
- # rm /etc/devices/kdevdata
# bootadm update-archive
# reboot
- [ after reboot ]
-
- WARNING: kdevdata file bad or not found; falling back to path_to_inst
- sysobj: inconsistent boot data; regenerating
- sysobj: rebooting the system
-
- Bootstrapping is the process of generating a path_to_inst with instance
- assignments for the set of devices installed on a system. This process
- is used by Solaris for installation and can also be used as an adminis-
- trative recovery procedure.
+ Full bootstrapping is the process of (re)generating path_to_inst for
+ all devices in the system using fresh sequential instance number as-
+ signments. If the hardware configuration is unchanged, full bootstrap
+ instance number assignment for a particular device will always be the
+ same. This process is used during Solaris install, and can also be used
+ as an administrative recovery procedure to get install-like instance
+ number assignments.
- # svcadm disable -t sysobj
- # rm /etc/devices/kdevdata
+ # svcadm disable -st sysobj
+ # mv /etc/sysobj/sysobj.db /etc/sysobj/sysobj.db.original
+ # mv /etc/devices/kdevdata /etc/devices/kdevdata.original
# mv /etc/devices/path_to_inst /etc/devices/path_to_inst.original
+ # sysobjadm initialize
+ # echo '#kdevdata_bootstrap_1' > /etc/devices/kdevdata
# echo '#path_to_inst_bootstrap_1' > /etc/devices/path_to_inst
# bootadm update-archive
# reboot
- [ after reboot ]
-
- WARNING: kdevdata file bad or not found; rebuilding
- sysobj: inconsistent boot data; regenerating
- sysobj: rebooting the system
-
EXIT STATUS
@@ -329,4 +326,4 @@
SEE ALSO
sysobjd(8), libsysobj(3LIB), svcadm(8), beadm(8)
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 22 April 2019 sysobjadm(8)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 04 September 2024 sysobjadm(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/zfs.8 11.4.78/man8/zfs.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/zfs.8 2025-02-23 08:58:03.597560299 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/zfs.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.624802476 -0800
@@ -3644,4 +3644,267 @@
modified in multiple ways. Any action that causes a change in the
st_ctim (see stat(2)) is a basis for reporting a modification.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 26 Jun 2024 zfs(8)
+HISTORY
+ ZFS was introduced in the Solaris 10 6/06 (Update 2) release.
+
+
+ Support for booting Solaris off of a ZFS filesystem was added in So-
+ laris 10 8/08 (Update 6).
+
+
+ For a history of ZFS pool and file system versions, see Appendix A, Or-
+ acle Solaris ZFS Version Descriptions in Managing ZFS File Systems in
+ Oracle Solaris 11.4.
+
+ Subcommands
+ Support for the following subcommands of the zfs command was added in
+ the listed Solaris release:
+
+ +---------------------------------------+---------------------+
+ | SUBCOMMAND | RELEASE |
+ +---------------------------------------+---------------------+
+ | retained | 11.4.45 |
+ +---------------------------------------+---------------------+
+ | key | 11.0.0 |
+ +---------------------------------------+---------------------+
+ | diff, help, snap | 10 8/11 (Update 10) |
+ +---------------------------------------+---------------------+
+ | hold, holds, release | 10 9/10 (Update 9) |
+ +---------------------------------------+---------------------+
+ | groupspace, userspace | 10 10/09 (Update 8) |
+ +---------------------------------------+---------------------+
+ | allow, unallow, upgrade | 10 8/08 (Update 6) |
+ +---------------------------------------+---------------------+
+ | promote | 10 11/06 (Update 3) |
+ +---------------------------------------+---------------------+
+ | clone, create, destroy, get, inherit, | 10 8/08 (Update 2) |
+ | list, mount, receive, recv, rename, | |
+ | rollback, send, set, share, snapshot, | |
+ | unmount, unshare | |
+ +---------------------------------------+---------------------+
+
+
+
+ Support for the following options of the specified subcommands was
+ added in the listed Solaris release:
+
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | SUBCOMMAND | OPTIONS | RELEASE |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | mount, umount | -r | 11.4.75 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | retained | -d, -h | 11.4.63 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | set | -f | 11.4.57 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | send | -w crypto | 11.4.57 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | get, list | -u | 11.4.48 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | retained | -A, -M, -P, -a, -e, -f, -n, -o, | 11.4.45 |
+ | | -p, -r, -u | |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | get | -I state | 11.4.42 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | list | -I hidden | 11.4.9 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | destroy | -s | 11.4.0 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | list | -I receiving | resumable | all, -p | 11.4.0 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | receive | -C | 11.4.0 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | send | -C, -R, -m, -s memsize | 11.4.0 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | send | -w compress, -w none | 11.3.33 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | key | -M, -S, -t | 11.3.25 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | diff | -N, -r, -q | 11.3.0 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | send | -n, -s streamsize | 11.2.0 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | get | -d, -e | 11.1.0 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | help | -l | 11.1.0 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | share | -u, -o | 11.1.0 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | clone | -K | 11.0.0 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | key | -K, -a, -c, -f, -l, -o, -r, -u | 11.0.0 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | set | -c | 11.0.0 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | send | -D | 11.0.0 |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | diff | -E, -F, -H, -e, -o, -t | 10 8/11 (U10) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | receive | -o, -x | 10 8/11 (U10) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | send | -b, -c, -r | 10 8/11 (U10) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | set | -r | 10 8/11 (U10) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | destroy | -d | 10 9/10 (U9) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | get | -o all, -o received, -s received | 10 9/10 (U9) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | inherit | -S | 10 9/10 (U9) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | receive | -e | 10 9/10 (U9) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | send | -p | 10 9/10 (U9) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | clone, snapshot | -o | 10 10/09 (U8) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | get, list | -d | 10 10/09 (U8) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | receive | -u | 10 5/09 (U7) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | clone, create | -p | 10 8/08 (U6) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | mount | -v | 10 8/08 (U6) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | rename | -p, -r | 10 8/08 (U6) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | send | -I, -R, -v | 10 8/08 (U6) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | create | -o | 10 8/07 (U4) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | receive | -F | 10 8/07 (U4) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | sort | -s, -S | 10 8/07 (U4) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+ | snapshot | -r | 10 11/06 (U3) |
+ +-----------------+------------------------------------+---------------+
+
+
+ Native Properties
+ The shareiscsi native property was removed in Oracle Solaris 11.0.0.
+
+
+ The default value of the casesensitivity property was changed from sen-
+ sitive to mixed in Oracle Solaris 11.0.0 and Solaris 10 8/11 (Update
+ 10).
+
+
+ The maximum value of the recordsize and volblocksize properties was
+ raised from 128 KB to 1 MB in Oracle Solaris 11.0.0 and Solaris 10 8/11
+ (Update 10).
+
+
+ Support for the groupmask value of the aclmode native property was re-
+ moved in Oracle Solaris 11.0.0 and Solaris 10 8/11 (Update 10).
+
+
+ Support for the following native properties was added in the listed So-
+ laris release:
+
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | PROPERTY | RELEASE |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | retention.period.deletegrace |11.4.69 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | retention.period.changeacl, |11.4.63 |
+ | retention.policy.onexpiry | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | unicode |11.4.51 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | retention.period.default, |11.4.45 |
+ | retention.period.grace, retention.period.max, | |
+ | retention.period.min, retention.policy, | |
+ | retention.status.expiry, retention.status.files | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | defaultreadlimit, defaultwritelimit, |11.4.0 |
+ | effectivereadlimit, effectivewritelimit, | |
+ | readlimit, writelimit | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | defaultgroupquota, defaultuserquota |11.2.8 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | multilevel, share.auto, share.desc, share.name, |11.1.0 |
+ | share.nfs, share.path, share.point, | |
+ | share.protocols, share.smb, share.state | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | keychangedate |11.0.13 |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | dedup, encryption, keysource, keystatus, |11.0.0 |
+ | mlslabel, nbmand, rekeydate, shadow, sharesmb | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | rstchown, sync |10 8/11 (Update 10) |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | defer_destroy, logbias, userrefs |10 9/10 (Update 9) |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | groupquota@group, groupused@group, |10 10/09 (Update 8) |
+ | primarycache, secondarycache, usedbychildren, | |
+ | usedbydataset, usedbyrefreservation, | |
+ | usedbysnapshots, userquota@user, userused@user | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | casesensitivity, copies, normalization, |10 8/08 (Update 6) |
+ | refreservation, refquota, version, vscan, | |
+ | utf8only | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | canmount, iscsioptions, shareiscsi, xattr |10 8/07 (Update 4) |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+ | aclinherit, aclmode, atime, available, |10 6/06 (Update 2) |
+ | checksum, compression, compressratio, creation, | |
+ | devices, exec, mounted, mountpoint, name, | |
+ | origin, quota, readonly, recordsize, | |
+ | referenced, reservation, setuid, sharenfs, | |
+ | snapdir, type, used, volblocksize, volsize, | |
+ | zoned | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+--------------------+
+
+
+
+ Support for the following values of the specified native properties was
+ added in the listed Solaris release:
+
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | PROPERTY | VALUE | RELEASE |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | mountpoint | clonedir | 11.4.72 |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | retention.policy.onexpiry | off, delete, hold | 11.4.63 |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | unicode | 5.0.0, 14.0.0 | 11.4.51 |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | retention.policy | off, privileged, mandatory | 11.4.45 |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | aclinherit | passthrough-mode-preserve | 11.4.0 |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | compression | lz4 | 11.3.0 |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | refreservation | auto | 11.2.8 |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | checksum | sha256-mac | 11.0.0 |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | compression | zle | 11.0.0 |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | aclmode | mask | 10 8/11 (U10) |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | sync | standard, always, disabled | 10 8/11 (U10) |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | aclinherit | passthrough-x | 10 10/09 (U8) |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | aclinherit | restricted | 10 8/08 (U6) |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | canmount | noauto | 10 8/08 (U6) |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | compression | gzip, gzip-1...gzip-9 | 10 8/08 (U6) |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | canmount | on, off | 10 8/07 (U4) |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | aclinherit | discard, noallow, secure, passthrough | 10 6/06 (U2) |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | aclmode | discard, groupmask, passthrough | 10 6/06 (U2) |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | checksum | on, off, fletcher2, fletcher4, sha256 | 10 6/06 (U2) |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | compression | lzjb, on, off | 10 6/06 (U2) |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+ | mountpoint | legacy, none, path | 10 6/06 (U2) |
+ +---------------------------+---------------------------------------+----------------+
+
+
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 6 Jan 2025 zfs(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8/zonecfg.8 11.4.78/man8/zonecfg.8
--- 11.4.75/man8/zonecfg.8 2025-02-23 08:58:03.757544905 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8/zonecfg.8 2025-02-23 08:58:25.737707395 -0800
@@ -110,9 +110,14 @@
capped-memory
- Limits for physical, swap, and locked memory. Optionally specify
- pagesize, pagesize-policy, memory-reserve, or memlzr for physical
- memory of solaris-kz brand zone.
+ For solaris and solaris10 branded zones, the optional physical,
+ swap, and locked properties specify limits for the zone.
+
+ For solaris-kz branded zones, the physical property is required and
+ specifies the size of the memory allocation for the kernel zone.
+ Optional properties memlzr, memory-reserve pagesize, and pagesize-
+ policy provide additional controls for the kernel zone memory allo-
+ cation.
dataset
@@ -417,7 +422,7 @@
vlan
- vlan-id, dynamic-vlan-id
+ vlan-id, allowed-vlan-ids
device
@@ -1443,7 +1448,7 @@
solaris-kz(7) man page.
- vlan: vlan-id, dynamic-vlan-id
+ vlan: vlan-id, allowed-vlan-ids
The vlan resource is used to add extra VLAN IDs to the anet re-
source. The Port VLAN ID for the anet is given by the anet:vlan-id
@@ -1456,11 +1461,11 @@
sent between the external network and the solaris-kz zone.
- dynamic-vlan-id
+ allowed-vlan-ids
Specify the list of VLAN IDs or VLAN IDs range. With this set,
a solaris-kz(7) brand zone can create a VNIC on a particular
- VLAN as long as the VLAN ID is in the dynamic-vlan-id list.
+ VLAN as long as the VLAN ID is in the allowed-vlan-ids list.
For certain use cases, one will not know ahead of time the val-
ues of VLAN IDs that might be needed inside of a KZ. This ne-
@@ -1472,7 +1477,7 @@
Any other properties of anet mac resource cannot be specified
when this property is specified.
- Setting dynamic-vlan-id to a special keyword 'any', will allow
+ Setting allowed-vlan-ids to the special keyword any will allow
the guest to use any valid VLAN ID.
Specifying additional set of VLAN IDs provides an ability to place
@@ -3584,15 +3589,16 @@
allowed-mac-address: fa:80:20:21:22
id: 0
zonecfg:dyn-vlan-kz:anet> add vlan
- zonecfg:dyn-vlan-kz:anet:vlan> add dynamic-vlan-id 100-199
- zonecfg:dyn-vlan-kz:anet:vlan> add dynamic-vlan-id 400-498
+ zonecfg:dyn-vlan-kz:anet:vlan> add allowed-vlan-ids 100-199
+ zonecfg:dyn-vlan-kz:anet:vlan> add allowed-vlan-ids 400-498
+ zonecfg:dyn-vlan-kz:anet:vlan> add allowed-vlan-ids 500
zonecfg:dyn-vlan-kz:anet:vlan> end
zonecfg:dyn-vlan-kz:anet> info vlan
vlan 0:
vlan-id: not specified
- dynamic-vlan-id: 100-199
- dynamic-vlan-id: 400-498
- dynamic-vlan-id: 500
+ allowed-vlan-ids: 100-199
+ allowed-vlan-ids: 400-498
+ allowed-vlan-ids: 500
zonecfg:dyn-vlan-kz:anet> end
zonecfg:dyn-vlan-kz> commit
zonecfg:dyn-vlan-kz> exit
@@ -4076,4 +4082,4 @@
+------------------+-------------------------------------+----------+
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Sep 2024 zonecfg(8)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 5 Oct 2024 zonecfg(8)
diff -NurbBw 11.4.75/man8s/identity.8s 11.4.78/man8s/identity.8s
--- 11.4.75/man8s/identity.8s 2025-02-23 08:58:03.832315803 -0800
+++ 11.4.78/man8s/identity.8s 2025-02-23 08:58:25.779089762 -0800
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
SEE ALSO
hostname(1), pktool(1), uname(1), webui-service(7), domainname(8),
- ldapservercfg(8), slapd(8), svcadm(8), svccfg(8)
+ ldapservercfg(8), slapd(8oldap), svcadm(8), svccfg(8)
HISTORY
The certificate/add_ip_subject_altname property was added in the Oracle
@@ -188,4 +188,4 @@
The svc:/system/identity:domain and svc:/system/identity:node instances
were introduced in the Solaris 10 3/05 release.
-Oracle Solaris 11.4 13 Sep 2024 identity(8s)
+Oracle Solaris 11.4 11 Dec 2024 identity(8s)
Sign up for free to join this conversation on GitHub. Already have an account? Sign in to comment